WO2011073845A1 - N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents - Google Patents

N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011073845A1
WO2011073845A1 PCT/IB2010/055596 IB2010055596W WO2011073845A1 WO 2011073845 A1 WO2011073845 A1 WO 2011073845A1 IB 2010055596 W IB2010055596 W IB 2010055596W WO 2011073845 A1 WO2011073845 A1 WO 2011073845A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
mmol
methylsulfonyl
butanamide
oxopyridin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2010/055596
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Matthew Frank Brown
Ye Che
Anthony Marfat
Michael Joseph Melnick
Justin Ian Montgomery
Usa Reilly
Original Assignee
Pfizer Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US13/515,607 priority Critical patent/US8664401B2/en
Priority to DK10803646.8T priority patent/DK2512474T3/en
Priority to ES10803646.8T priority patent/ES2525820T3/en
Priority to CA2782453A priority patent/CA2782453C/en
Priority to EP10803646.8A priority patent/EP2512474B1/en
Priority to PL10803646T priority patent/PL2512474T3/en
Application filed by Pfizer Inc. filed Critical Pfizer Inc.
Priority to JP2012543942A priority patent/JP5793766B2/en
Priority to SI201030802T priority patent/SI2512474T1/en
Publication of WO2011073845A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011073845A1/en
Priority to US14/154,239 priority patent/US8846933B2/en
Priority to US14/447,788 priority patent/US9018384B2/en
Priority to US14/656,123 priority patent/US9180123B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4412—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/80—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/84—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/86—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing alicyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel hydroxamic acid derivatives that are useful for the treatment of bacterial infections, especially Gram-negative infections.
  • the invention also relates to methods of using such compounds in the treatment of bacterial infections in mammals, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds.
  • Gram-negative bacteria such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Extended Spectrum ⁇ -lactamase producing (ESBL) Enterobacteriaceae, and
  • Acinetobacter baumannii is a major health problem, especially in the case of hospital- acquired infections.
  • antibiotic therapies which severely limits treatment options.
  • 33% of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections from intensive care units were resistant to fluoroquinolones, while resistance to imipenem was 22% (CID 42: 657-68, 2006).
  • MDR multi-drug resistant infections are also increasing; in the case of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, MDR increased from 4% in 1992 to 14% in 2002 (Biochem Pharm 71 : 991 , 2006).
  • Gram-negative bacteria are unique in that their outer membrane contains lipopolysaccharide (LPS), which is crucial for maintaining membrane integrity, and is essential for bacterial viability (reviewed in Ann. Rev. Biochem 76: 295-329, 2007).
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • the major lipid component of LPS is Lipid A, and inhibition of Lipid A biosynthesis is lethal to bacteria.
  • Lipid A is synthesized on the cytoplasmic surface of the bacterial inner membrane via a pathway that consists of nine different enzymes. These enzymes are highly conserved in most gram-negative bacteria.
  • LpxC is the enzyme that catalyzes the first committed step in the Lipid A biosynthetic pathway, the removal of the N-acetyl group of UDP-3-0-(R-3-hydroxymyristoyl)-N-acetylglucosamine.
  • LpxC is a Zn 2+ - dependent enzyme that has no mammalian homologue, making it a good target for the development of novel antibiotics.
  • Several inhibitors of LpxC [UDP-3-0-(R-3- hydroxymyristoyl)-GlcNAc deacetylase] with low nM affinity have been reported (Biochemistry 45: 7940-48, 2006). Summary of the Invention
  • LpxC inhibitors A new class of LpxC inhibitors has been discovered. These compounds, or their pharmaceutical salts, can be represented by Formula I below:
  • R 1 is represented by C1-C3 alkyl
  • R 2 is represented by hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl
  • R 3 is represented by hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ C g alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or trifluoromethoxy;
  • L is absent, or is represented by a moiety selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene which may be optionally substituted, C2-C6 alkenylene, C2-C6 alkynylene,
  • n is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4.
  • p is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4.
  • q is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 6;
  • z is represented by an integer ranging from 1 to 4.
  • D is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of:
  • T is absent, or is represented by -S-(CH 2 )z-0-(CH2) n , -0-(CH 2 )z-S-(CH 2 )n, -(CH 2 ) q -, -(CH 2 )n-C(0)-(CH 2 ) P -, -(CH 2 )n-0-(CH 2 ) p -, -(CH 2 ) n -S-(CH 2 ) p , -0-(CH 2 ) p -C(0)-(CH 2 ) n -, -(CH 2 )p-C(0)-(CH2)q-0-(CH 2 )n-, -0-(CH 2 )z-0-(CH 2 ) n -, -O-d-Ce alkylene optionally substituted, -S-C C 6 alkylene optionally substituted, -0-(CH 2 ) z -0-(CH 2 ) n-, -O-d-Ce
  • G is absent, or is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: i) (C 3 _C 10 )cycloalkyl, optionally substituted;
  • heterocyclic optionally substituted.
  • the compounds of Formula I exhibit antibacterial activity, especially against Gram-negative organisms. They may be used to treat bacterial infections in mammals, especially humans. The compounds may also be used for veterinary applications, such as treating infections in livestock and companion animals.
  • the compounds of Formula I are useful for treating a variety of infections
  • Gram-negative infections including nosocomial pneumonia, urinary tract infections, systemic infections (bacteremia and sepsis), skin and soft tissue infections, surgical infections, intraabdominal infections, lung infections (including those in patients with cystic fibrosis), Helicobacter pylori (and relief of associated gastric complications such as peptic ulcer disease, gastric carcinogenesis, etc.), endocarditis, diabetic foot infections, osteomyelitis, and central nervous system infections.
  • the compounds will typically be admixed with at least one excipient and formulated into a pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • dosage forms include tablets, capsules, solutions/suspensions for injection, aerosols for inhalation and solutions/suspensions for oral ingestion.
  • - C3 alkyl refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or isopropyl, etc.
  • C.,- C 3 alkoxy refers to a straight or branched chain alkoxy group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, etc.
  • halogen refers to a chlorine, fluorine, iodine, or bromine atom.
  • C C 6 alkylene refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, having single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms. Examples of such alkylene groups include methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, isopropylene, n-butylene, isobutylene, pentylene, etc.
  • This alkylene moiety may be optionally substituted in which up to 6 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, sulfonamide, imino, iminohydroxy, iminoalkoxy, iminoalkyl, -0-R a , -SR a , and -NR a R b in which R a and R b are each independently represented by hydrogen or C-i-Cealkyl which may be optionally substituted.
  • a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, sulfonamide, imino, iminohydroxy, iminoalkoxy, iminoalkyl, -0-R a , -SR a , and -NR a R b in which R a and R b are each independently represented by hydrogen or C-i-Cealkyl which may be optionally substituted.
  • C 2 - C 6 alkenylene refers to
  • C 2 - C 6 alkynylene refers to a branched or straight chained alkyne group
  • C C 6 alkyl refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, etc.
  • C - C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, etc.
  • Such an alkyl group may be optionally substituted, in which up to 6 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, sulfonamide, imino, iminoalkoxy, iminohydroxy, iminoalkyl, -0-R a , -SR a , and -NR a R b in which R a and R b are each independently represented by hydrogen or C-pCelkyl which may be optionally substituted as described above.
  • C.,- C 6 alkoxy refers to a straight or branched chain alkoxy group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, etc; which may be unsubstituted or optionally further substituted with halogen, hydroxy, thiol or amino(-NH 2 ).
  • (C3-C-10) cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic
  • bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl radical wherein each cyclic moiety has 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and the like.
  • (C3-C10) cycloalkyl optionally substituted refers to a (C3-C10) cycloalkyl moiety as described above.
  • Such a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted, in which up to 4 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, oxo, -S0 2 NR 4 R 5 , -(CH 2 ) m -NR 5 -C(0)-R 4 , -(CH 2 ) m -C(0)-N-R 4 R 5 , -
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently represented by hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, which may be optionally substituted as defined above, and m is 0-4. These substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring, that is chemically permissible.
  • (C 6 -C 10 )aryl means a cyclic, aromatic hydrocarbon containing from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, etc. m.
  • (C 6 -C 10 )aryl optionally substituted means a cyclic, aromatic hydrocarbon as defined above.
  • Such an aryl moiety may be optionally substituted with up to 4 non-hydrogen substituents, each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, -S0 2 NR 4 R 5 , -(CH 2 ) m -NR 5 -C(0)-R 4 , -(CH 2 ) m -C(0)-N-R 4 R 5 , -C(0)-R 4 ,- C(0)-0-R 4 , -SR 4 , -S0 2 R 4 and -NR 4 R 5 , in which m, R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring, that is chemically permissible.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring having one, or more, heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. More specifically, it refers to a 5- or 6- membered ring containing 1 , 2, 3, or 4 nitrogen atoms; 1 oxygen atom; 1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 oxygen atom; 2 nitrogen atoms and 1 oxygen atom; or 2 nitrogen atoms and 1 sulfur atom.
  • the 5-membered ring has 2 double bonds and the 6- membered ring has 3 double bonds.
  • heteroaryl also includes bicyclic groups in which the heteroaryl ring is fused to a benzene ring, heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl ring, or another heteroaryl ring.
  • heteroaryl ring systems include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, tetrazole, isoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, benzo[6]thienyl, 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-benzoxazolyl, 7-benzimidazolyl, or
  • heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl moiety as defined
  • each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, S0 2 NR 4 R 5 , -(CH 2 ) m -N-C(0)-R 4 , -(CH 2 ) m -C(0)-N-R 4 R 5 ,
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclic ring” refers to any 3- or 4-membered ring
  • a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; or a 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, or 10- membered ring containing 1 , 2, or 3 nitrogen atoms; 1 oxygen atom;
  • the 5-membered ring has 0 to 1 double bonds
  • the 6- and 7-membered rings have 0 to 2 double bonds
  • the 8, 9, or 10 membered rings may have 0, 1 , 2, or 3 double bonds.
  • heterocyclic also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring, a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring or another heterocyclic ring (for example, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl or benzothienyl and the like).
  • Heterocyclics include: pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, azepane, azocane, morpholinyl, isochromyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydrotriazine, tetrahydropyrazole, dihydro-oxathiol-4-yl, dihydro-1 H- isoindole, tetrahydro-oxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dioxolinyl, octahydrobenzofuranyl,
  • heterocyclic, optionally substituted refers to a heterocyclic moiety as defined immediately above, in which up to 4 carbon atoms of the heterocycle moiety may be substituted with a substituent, each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, oxo, S0 2 NR 4 R 5 , -(CH 2 ) m -N-C(0)-R 4 , -(CH 2 ) m -C(0)-N-R 4 R 5 , -C(0)-R 4 ,
  • terapéuticaally effective amount refers to an amount of a compound of Formula I that, when administered to a patient, provides the desired effect; i.e., lessening in the severity of the symptoms associated with a bacterial infection, decreasing the number of bacteria in the affected tissue, and/or preventing bacteria in the affected tissue from increasing in number.
  • patient refers to warm blooded animals such as, for example, guinea pigs, mice, rats, gerbils, cats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, chimpanzees, and humans.
  • treat refers to the ability of the compounds to relieve, alleviate or slow the
  • pharmaceutically acceptable indicates that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically, with the other ingredients comprising a formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
  • isomer means "stereoisomer” and "geometric isomer” as defined below.
  • stereoisomer means compounds that possess one or more chiral centers and each center may exist in the R or S configuration. Stereoisomers include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric and epimeric forms as well as racemates and mixtures thereof.
  • v. "geometric isomer” means compounds that may exist in cis, trans, anti,
  • phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)", as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, includes salts of acidic or basic groups which may be present in the compounds of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
  • non-toxic acid addition salts i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, such as the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate [i.e., 1 , 1 '-methylene-bis-(2- hydroxy-3-naphthoate)] salts.
  • the compounds of the present invention that include a basic moiety
  • the invention also relates to base addition salts of the compounds of the invention.
  • the chemical bases that may be used as reagents to prepare these pharmaceutically acceptable base salts are those that form non-toxic base salts with such compounds.
  • Such non-toxic base salts include, but are not limited to those derived from such pharmacologically acceptable cations such as alkali metal cations (e.g., potassium and sodium) and alkaline earth metal cations (e.g., calcium and magnesium), ammonium or water-soluble amine addition salts such as N-methylglucamine-(meglumine), and the lower alkanolammonium and other base salts of pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines.
  • Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts.
  • suitable base salts include the aluminum, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine,
  • Certain of the compounds of the formula (I) may exist as geometric isomers.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) may possess one or more asymmetric centers, thus existing as two, or more, stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present invention includes all the individual stereoisomers and geometric isomers of the compounds of formula (I) and mixtures thereof. Individual enantiomers can be obtained by chiral separation or using the relevant enantiomer in the synthesis.
  • the compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like.
  • the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the compounds may also exist in one or more crystalline states, i.e. polymorphs, or they may exist as amorphous solids. All such forms are encompassed by the claims.
  • the invention also relates to prodrugs of the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrugs of the compounds of the invention.
  • certain derivatives of compounds of the invention which may have little or no pharmacological activity themselves can, when administered into or onto the body, be converted into compounds of the invention having the desired activity, for example, by hydrolytic cleavage.
  • Such derivatives are referred to as "prodrugs”.
  • Further information on the use of prodrugs may be found in Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14, ACS Symposium Series (T. Higuchi and W. Stella) and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Pergamon Press, 1987 (Ed. E. B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical
  • This invention also encompasses compounds of the invention containing protective groups.
  • compounds of the invention can also be prepared with certain protecting groups that are useful for purification or storage and can be removed before administration to a patient.
  • the protection and deprotection of functional groups is described in "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", edited by J.W.F. McOmie, Plenum Press (1973) and “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Wiley- Interscience (1999).
  • the present invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in formula I, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 CI, respectively.
  • isotopically- labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples below, by substituting a readily available isotopically-labeled reagent for a non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
  • This sulfonyl moiety will always be substituted with a lower alky moiety. Typically it will be methyl.
  • the carbon atom adjacent to the sulfonyl may optionally be
  • R 2 substituted, as represented by R 2 .
  • R 1 and R 2 will be methyl.
  • the carbon adjacent to the sulfonyl moiety is a chiral center. Therefore the compounds can exist as the racemate, as the S enantiomer, or as the R enantiomer. In a further embodiment, the compounds may be prepared and administered as the R-enantiomer, as depicted below:
  • the compound as synthesized will rarely be present exclusively as a single enantiomer.
  • the opposite enantiomer i.e the S-enantiomer
  • This pyridinone ring will be connected to the rest of the molecule via the 1- and 4- positions as depicted above.
  • the pyridinone moiety may be optionally substituted, as depicted by the R 3 moiety.
  • R 3 may represent one non-hydrogen substituent, as defined above. This non-hydrogen substituent may be located at any of positions 3, 4 or 5 of the pyridinone ring. Typically R 3 will represent hydrogen.
  • D may be any of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic, as defined above. These ring systems may also be optionally substituted, as defined above. Any chemically permissible position of D may be bonded to the 4-position of the pyridine ring or D may be connected to the pyridinone via the linker as defined by L.
  • the molecule may contain one of the substituents defined by G.
  • G if present, may be bonded directly to D.
  • the linker T may connect G and D.
  • G may be any of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic as defined above. These ring systems may also be optionally substituted, as defined above.
  • the molecule may terminate with either T or D as the tail. If the molecule terminates with T, then one skilled in the art will recognize that any of the linkers specifed above will have an additional hydrogen atom on the terminal atom of that specifc substituent, due to the lack of a bond to G.
  • R 1 is methyl
  • R 1 and R 2 are each methyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure);
  • R 1 and R 2 are each methyl, D is represented by optionally substituted phenyl and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure); g) R 1 and R 2 are each methyl, L, G and T are all absent, D is represented by optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound is present as the R- enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure);
  • R 1 and R 2 are each methyl, L is absent, D is represented by phenyl optionally substituted, T is absent, G is represented by heteroaryl, optionally substituted and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure).
  • the invention is directed to a subgenus represented by formula la below.
  • L, T and G are all absent.
  • D is phenyl optionally substituted, R 3 is hydrogen and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. the S-enantiomer may optionally be present as a minor impurity, typically no more than 5 w/w%, more typically no more than 1 w/w%).
  • the phenyl ring is substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, and C1-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy or halogen.
  • the invention is directed to a subgenus represented by formula lb below As depicted, L and T are both absent, D is phenyl bonded directly to
  • R is hydrogen and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. the S-enantiomer may optionally be present as a minor impurity, typically no more than 5 w/w%, more typically no more than 1 w/w%).
  • the compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods that are analogously known in the art.
  • the reaction schemes presented below illustrate one method for preparing these compounds. Others, including modifications thereof, will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
  • Step A illustrates how to prepare the compounds of Formula I.
  • the initial step in the synthesis is to conduct an N-alkylation reaction between the pyridinone of structure 1 and the sulfonyl derivative of structure 2, generating the sulfonyl-pyridinone derivative of structure 3.
  • Step B which is further illustrated in Scheme B
  • the terminal carboxylate of structure 3 is converted to a hydroxamic acid derivative as is depicted in structure 4.
  • Step C which is further illustrated in Scheme C, the terminal moiety, L-D-T-G, is attached to the 4-position of the pyridinone moiety, generating the desired compound of Formula I.
  • Step B and Step C are carried out is not critical. If desired, the terminal moiety represented by L-D-T-G may be attached to the pyridinone and then the hydroxamic moiety may be incorporated into the molecule. Likewise, the synthetic team may partially complete either Step B or Step C and return to this portion of the molecule after completing the modifications required at the other end of the molecule. Such varations are readily apparent to one of skilled in the art.
  • Step A The N-alkylation depicted above in Step A can be carried out using techniques well known to medicinal chemists.
  • One of the starting materials is the 2-pyridinone derivative of structure 1 .
  • R 3 should be represented by the same moiety as is desired in the final product, or a protected variation thereof.
  • Many of these pyridinone derivatives are known in the art and the remainder can be produced using synthetic techniques analgously known in the art. The reader's attention is directed to Tet. Lett. (2005) Vol 46, 7917 for a description of such techniques.
  • Preparation 2A infra also illustrates their preparation.
  • the other reactant is the protected alkyl sulfonate of structure 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 should both be represented by the same moiety as is desired in the final product. An ethyl protecting group is depicted, but any standard protecting group may be substituted. These alkyl sulfonates are also known in the art. The reader's attention is directed to JOC, (1980) Vol 45, 8, 1486-89 for a description of their preparation.
  • the N-alkylation can be carried out as is known in the art.
  • equivalent amounts of the compounds of structure 1 and 2 are contacted in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a weak base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, etc.
  • a weak base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, etc.
  • the reactants are typically heated and the reaction is continued until completed.
  • the desired product of structure 3 can be recovered and isolated as is known in the art. If desired, it can be purified, or alternatively the crude can be used in the next step of the reaction.
  • Scheme B illustrates how to incorporate the hydroxamic acid moiety into the molecules.
  • the protecting group is removed from the carboxylic acid, thereby generating the intermediate of structure 3'.
  • the manner in which this is accomplished will vary with the identity of the actual protecting group and is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Step 2 the hydroxamic acid moiety, as depicted, is incorporated into the molecule. This can also be carried out as is known in the art. If desired, a protected hydroxylamine may be used, followed by a subsequent deprotection reaction.
  • hydroxylamine may be directly incorporated.
  • the hydroxamic acid functionality is incorporated into the molecule using standard amidation reactions.
  • the compound of structure 3' may be contacted with an excess of oxalyl chloride, in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane to allow formation of the corresponding acid chloride, followed by the addition of an excess of either the hydroxylamine or protected hydroxylamine.
  • the reaction is then allowed to proceed to completion and the compound of structure 4 or its corresponding protected intermediate is isolated from the reaction medium and purified as is known in the art.
  • any deprotection if required, may be carried out as is known in the art.
  • the amide can be formed using the amide coupling reagent, 1 , 1 '- carbonyliimidazole or 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide) ("EDCI”), as is known in the art.
  • EDCI 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide
  • the halide function at the 4-position is directly displaced by the desired tail group.
  • the halide moiety is converted to a boronate ester which is subsequently displaced by the desired tail group. Either strategy may be utilized.
  • the boronation can be carried out using techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the intermediate of structure 4 is placed in an aprotic solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane) and then contacted with an organobornane (such as neopentyl diboron, bis(pinolacto)diborane, etc.,) in the presence of both a transition metal catalyst (i.e. palladium) and a base (potassium acetate, cesium carbonate, etc.).
  • a transition metal catalyst i.e. palladium
  • a base potassium acetate, cesium carbonate, etc.
  • the borylated intermediate describe by structure 4' may be isolated and purifed as is known in the art, or the crude may be used directly in the next step of the reaction.
  • a coupling reaction is ultimately carried out to attach the terminal moiety, G-T-D-L, to the 4-position of the pyridinone intermediate.
  • the co-reactant is depicted as G-T-D-L- M 1 .
  • the co-reactant with the pyridinone may be any of D-M 1 , T-D- M 1 , G-T-D-M 1 , G-T-D-L-M 1 , T-D-L-M 1 or D-L-M 1 .
  • G-T-D-L-M 1 will be represented by the same moiety as desired in the final product, except that it will be substituted by a halogen atom, a metal such as magnesium, copper, or a boronate ester, etc. at the desired point of attachment to the pyridinone intermediate (i.e. the other reactant).
  • the tails encompassed by Formula I, i.e G-T-D-L, are either known in the art or can be prepared by methods analogously known in the art.
  • the manner in which the coupling reaction is carried out varies with the type of bond being formed, i.e. (carbon-carbon, carbon-nitrogen, carbon-oxygen, carbon-sulfur, etc.). If a carbon-carbon bond is desired, then a Suzuki-Miyaura strategy may be used. In such a reaction M 1 will be represented by a boronic acid/ester or a halogen atom.
  • Equivalent molar amounts of the reactants will be contacted in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, water, toluene, or an admixture thereof; in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, or nickel (or resin bound catalyst) along with a base such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or cesium carbonate.
  • a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, or nickel (or resin bound catalyst) along with a base such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or cesium carbonate.
  • the reactants will be heated by microwave or other conventional technique till completed. Once completed the desired product may be isolated and recovered from the reaction and further purified as is known in the art.
  • M 1 will be copper or nickel and the 4-position of the pyridinone will be substituted with an iodine atom (i.e. Option A will be chosen).
  • Equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent such as ether, DMF, or DME and the reactants are heated till the reaction is completed.
  • the desired product of formula I may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
  • G-T- D-L-M 1 will be represented by the same moiety as desired in the final product, except that it will be substituted by a hydroxyl function at the desired point of attachment to the pyridinone. If a thioether is desired, G-T-D-L-M 2 will be an appropriately substituted disulfide moiety.
  • the Ullmann ether reaction can be carried out in the presence of copper salts. If a Williamson ether approach is used, then equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent such as dioxane in the presence or absence of a phase transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6. A base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium t- butoxide or sodium methoxide will typically be added as well. The reactants will be heated by microwave or other conventional technique to reaction completion. The desired product may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
  • a Buchwald-Hartwig cross-coupling or Ullmann strategy similar to that described above, may be utilized. Equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent solvent such as ether, dimethylformamide, or dimethyoxyethane in the presence of a source of copper, such as copper acetate, and a base such as pyridine or catalyst such as a palladium complex. The reaction will be allowed to proceed to completion and the desired product may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
  • an aprotic solvent solvent such as ether, dimethylformamide, or dimethyoxyethane
  • a source of copper such as copper acetate
  • a base such as pyridine
  • catalyst such as a palladium complex
  • reaction schemes depicted above for producing the compound of Formula I are merely illustrative. As is readily apparent to one skilled in the art, they may be modified depending upon the specific compound, availability of reagents, etc. Medical and Veterinary Uses
  • the compounds may be used for the treatment or prevention of infectious disorders, especially those caused by susceptible and multi-drug resistant (MDR) Gram- negative bacteria.
  • Gram-negative bacteria include Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter spp., Achromobacter spp., Aeromonas spp., Bacteroides fragilis, Bordetella spp., Borrelia spp., Brucella spp., Campylobacter spp., Citrobacter diversus (koseri), Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Francisella tularensis, Fusobacterium spp., Haemophilus influenzae ( ⁇ - lactamase positive and negative), Helicobacter pylori, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae (including those encoding extended-spectrum ⁇ -lactamases (hereinafter "ESBLs”),
  • Enterobacteriaceae that express ESBLs KPCs, CTX-M, metallo-3-lactamases, and AmpC-type beta-lactamases that confer resistance to currently available
  • cephalosporins cephamycins, carbapenems, and beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor combinations, Mannheimia haemolyticus, Pasteurella spp., Proteus mirabilis,
  • Pseudomonas aeruginosa Pseudomonas spp.
  • Salmonella spp. Shigella spp.
  • Serratia marcescens Serratia marcescens
  • Treponema spp. Burkholderia cepacia
  • Vibrio spp. Yersinia spp.
  • Stenotrophomonas malophilia Pseudomonas aeruginosa
  • Serratia marcescens Serratia marcescens
  • Treponema spp. Burkholderia cepacia
  • Vibrio spp. Vibrio spp.
  • Yersinia spp. and Stenotrophomonas malophilia.
  • the Gram-negative bacteria are selected from the group consisting of Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter spp., Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae , Serratia marcescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and members of the Enterobacteriaceae and Pseudomonas that express ESBLs, KPCs, CTX-M, metallo- ⁇ - lactamases, and AmpC-type beta-lactamases that confer resistance to currently available cephalosporins, cephamycins, carbapenems, and beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor combinations.
  • infections examples include nosocomial pneumonia, urinary tract infections, systemic infections (bacteremia and sepsis), skin and soft tissue infections, surgical infections, intraabdominal infections, lung infections in patients with cystic fibrosis, patients suffering from lung infections, endocarditis, diabetic foot infections, osteomyelitis, and central nervous system infections.
  • the compounds can be used to treat Helicobacter pylori infections in the Gl tract of humans (and other mammals). Elimination of these bacteria is associated with improved health outcomes including fewer dyspeptic symptoms, reduced peptic ulcer recurrence and rebleeding, reduced risk of gastric cancer, etc.
  • a more detailed discussion of eradicating H. pylori and its impact on gastrointestinal illness may be found at: www.informahealthcare.com, Expert Opin. Drug Saf. (2008) 7(3).
  • the compounds need to be administered in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe a sufficient quantity of the compound to treat the infection, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any such medical treatment. It will be understood, however, that the attending physician, within the scope of sound medical judgment, will decide the total daily dosage of the compound. The specific
  • therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • the total daily dose will typically range from about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 5000mg/kg/day in single or in divided doses.
  • dosages for humans will range from about 10 mg to about 3000 mg per day, in a single or multiple doses.
  • Parenteral administrations include injections to generate a systemic effect or injections directly into to the afflicted area. Examples of parenteral administrations are
  • Topical administrations include the treatment of areas readily accessibly by local application, such as, for example, eyes, ears including external and middle ear infections, vaginal, open wound, skin including the surface skin and the underneath dermal structures, or other lower intestinal tract.
  • Transmucosal administration includes nasal aerosol or inhalation applications.
  • compositions can be formulated for administration by any route known in the art, such as subdermal, by-inhalation, oral, topical or parenteral.
  • the compositions may be in any form known in the art, including but not limited to tablets, capsules, powders, granules, lozenges, creams or liquid preparations, such as oral or sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions.
  • topical formulations of the present invention can be presented as, for instance, ointments, creams or lotions, ophthalmic ointments/drops and otic drops, impregnated dressings and aerosols, and may contain appropriate conventional additives such as preservatives, solvents to assist drug penetration and emollients, etc.
  • Such topical formulations may also contain conventional carriers, such as cream or ointment bases and ethanol or oleyl alcohol for lotions. Such carriers may be present, for example, from about 1 % up to about 98% of the formulation.
  • Tablets and capsules for oral administration may be in unit dose presentation form, and may contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, for example acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, or polyvinylpyrollidone; fillers, for example lactose, sugar, maize-starch, calcium phosphate, sorbitol or glycine; tabletting lubricants, for example magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica; disintegrants, for example potato starch; or acceptable wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulphate.
  • the tablets may be coated according to methods will known in normal pharmaceutical practice.
  • Oral liquid preparations may be in the form of, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs, or may be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may contain conventional additives, such as suspending agents, for example sorbitol, methyl cellulose, glucose syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminium stearate gel or hydrogenated edible fats, emulsifying agents, for example lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia; non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), for example almond oil, oily esters such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or ethyl alcohol; preservatives, for example methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate or sorbic acid, and, if desired, conventional flavoring or coloring agents.
  • suspending agents for example sorbitol, methyl cellulose, glucose syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminium stearate gel or hydrogenated edible fats, emulsifying agents, for example lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or
  • fluid unit dosage forms are prepared utilizing the compound and a sterile vehicle, water being typical.
  • the compound depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can be either suspended or dissolved in the vehicle or other suitable solvent.
  • the compound can be dissolved in water for injection and filter sterilized before filling into a suitable vial or ampoule and sealing.
  • agents such as a local anesthetic preservative and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle.
  • the composition can be frozen after filling into the vial and the water removed under vacuum. The dry lyophilized powder is then sealed in the vial and an accompanying vial of water for injection may be supplied to reconstitute the liquid prior to use.
  • Parenteral suspensions are prepared in substantially the same manner except that the compound is suspended in the vehicle instead of being dissolved and sterilization cannot be accomplished by filtration.
  • the compound can be sterilized by exposure to ethylene oxide before suspending in the sterile vehicle.
  • a surfactant or wetting agent is included in the composition to facilitate uniform distribution of the compound.
  • compositions may contain, for example, from about 0.1 % by weight, to about 60% by weight, of the active material, depending on the method of administration.
  • compositions comprise dosage units
  • each unit will contain, for example, from about 5-500 mg of the active ingredient.
  • the dosage as employed for adult human treatment will range, for example, from about 10 to 3000 mg per day, depending on the route and frequency of administration.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered in combination with one or more additional anti-bacterial agents ("the additional active agent").
  • the additional active agent may be for simultaneous, separate or sequential use.
  • Mass spectrometry data is reported from either liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS) or atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). Chemical shifts for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) data are expressed in parts per million (ppm, ⁇ ) referenced to residual peaks from the deuterated solvents employed. Melting points are uncorrected. Low Resolution Mass Spectra (LRMS) were recorded on either a Hewlett Packard 5989®, utilizing chemical ionization (ammonium), or a Fisons (or Micro Mass)
  • Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization (APCI) platform which uses a 50/50 mixture of acetonitrile/water with 0.1% formic acid as the ionizing agent. Room or ambient temperature refers to 20-25°C.
  • reaction conditions length of reaction and temperature
  • reaction conditions may vary.
  • reactions were followed by thin layer chromatography or mass spectrometry, and subjected to work-up when appropriate.
  • Purifications may vary between experiments: in general, solvents and the solvent ratios used for eluants/gradients were chosen to provide appropriate R f S or retention times.
  • CDI 1 , 1 '-carbonyldiimidazole
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • NMP 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
  • Pd(dppf)Cl2 bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium(ll) chloride
  • Pd tetrakis Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
  • CDMT 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5-triazine
  • NMM N-methyl morphiline
  • TPP triphenyl phosphine
  • TPPO triphenyl phosphine oxide
  • LiHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide/ lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • MeTHF 2-methyltetrahydrofuran PREPARATION OF STARTING MATERIALS
  • Purity of the enantiomers was determined via chiral HPLC, 4.6x250 mm Chiralpak AD, 10 ⁇ column, 215 nm wavelength, mobile phase: ethanol, isocratic elution at 1 ml_/min at ambient temperature.
  • Enantiomer 1 was determined to be Ethyl (2R)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate.
  • Benzyl alcohol (242 ml_, 253 g, 2.34 mol) and pyridine (204 ml_, 204 g, 2.57 mol) were dissolved in methylene chloride (2.5 L) and cooled to 0°C.
  • 2-Chloropropanoyl chloride (250 ml_, 327 g, 2.57 mol) was added dropwise keeping the temperature between 0°C and 5°C. After addition the mixture was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The mixture was washed with 20% aqueous citric acid (2.5 L), saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 (2.5 L), brine (2.5 L), dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Scheme 2 illustrates the preparation of 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl- 2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide and its corresponding R- enantiomer.
  • the reaction sequence in Preparation 2B is the same with the exception that benzyl (2R)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate is used as a starting material in order to arrive at the desired enantiomer.
  • Step B) Compound IV(T1 ): ethyl 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
  • Neopentyl diboron (9.4 g, 28 mmol), KOAc (7.1 g, 69 mmol, 3 eq.) and Pd(dppf)CI 2 (532 mg, 0.69 mmol, 0.03 eq.) was added into a 200 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a 120 mL addition funnel.
  • the product of Step B of Preparation 2B, (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid T5 (9.2 g, 23 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was added into the addition funnel.
  • the system was purged with nitrogen/vacuum and kept under nitrogen.
  • Degassed DMSO 45 mL was added into the addition funnel.
  • the system was again purged with N 2 for 5 mins.
  • the T5 solution was added to the reaction mixture over 2 mins at room temperature then heated to 80°C and maintained at that temperature for a further hour.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and poured into 100 mL water. Mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with 6 N HCI and refrigerated for 30 min. A dark solid formed and was collected via filtration and dried under high vacuum over P 2 Os for 3 days to yield 13 g of solid product.
  • the solid was suspended in 100 mL MeOH, 16 g silica gel was added and mixture was concentrated in vacuo.
  • the preabsorbed material was packed into a cartridge, loaded onto an 80 g silica gel column and purified using 0 to 20% MeOH in DCM (product eluted out at -8% MeOH) in 45 min at 60 mL/min flow rate. The desired fractions were concentrated to furnish 6.3 g off white solid (71 %).
  • the title compound was made via a method analogous to the preparation of T3 in Preparation 2A, Step D, except that 4-bromopyridin-2(1 H)-one was used instead of 4- iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one with comparable yields.
  • Trisdibenzylidine dipalladium 29 mg, 0.049 mmol was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (343 mg, 2.46 mmol), 1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenyl]-1 H-pyrazole (133 mg, 0.49 mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)- 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (245 mg, 0.49 mmol), which may be synthesized as described in Preparation 2B in 1 ,2- dimethoxyethane-methanol (5.0 ml_, 1 :1 ).
  • a solution of hydrochloric acid (3.0 ml_, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added dropwise to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4- ⁇ 2-oxo-4-[4-(1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl ⁇ -N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (58 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) in dichloromethane (3.0 ml.) and methanol (0.6 ml.) at 0 °C.
  • Pd EnCatj M (133 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.1 equiv), was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (166 mg, 1.2 mmol, 3.0 equiv), [(E)-2-phenylvinyl]boronic acid (65 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.1 equiv), and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (200 mg, 0.40 mmol), which may be synthesized as described Preparation 2B, in 2:1 1 ,4-dioxane-water (3.6 ml_).
  • a solution of hydrochloric acid (2.5 mL, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4- ⁇ 2-oxo-4-[(E)-2-phenylvinyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl ⁇ -N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (40 mg, 0.084mmol) in 5:1 dichloromethane- methanol (2.5 mL) at 0°C.
  • Step B) (2RVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(2- phenylethyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
  • hydrochloric acid 1.0 mL, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane
  • 2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(2-phenylethyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide 14 mg, 0.029 mmol
  • Step B) 1-r3-(4-bromophenoxy)propyll-4,4-difluoropiperidine
  • 1-bromo-4-(3-bromopropoxy)benzene (1.85 g, 6.29 mmol)
  • 4,4- difluoropiperidine hydrochloride 1.0 g, 6.34 mmol
  • potassium carbonate 2.17 g, 15.7 mmol
  • acetonitrile 100 mL
  • Step C) 4-r4- ⁇ 4-r3-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)propoxylphenyl ⁇ -2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide Potassium acetate (1.26 g, 12.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1-[3-(4- bromophenoxy)propyl]-4,4-difluoropiperidine (1 .07 g, 3.20 mmol) in DMF (10 mL).
  • 4-(4-bromophenoxy)cyclohexanol (345 mg, 1 .27 mmol), bis(pinacolato) diborane (0.388 g, 1.53 mmol), potassium acetate (0.499 g, 5.09 mmol) and palladium dppf (52.3 mg, 0.064 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) was heated to reflux. After 2 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, the resulting residue was
  • Step E (2R)-4-r4- ⁇ 4-r(4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)oxylphenyl ⁇ -2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • Water (1.0) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (352 mg, 2.55 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide, which may be produced as in preparation 2B (634 mg, 1.27 mmol), and 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]cyclohexanol (405 mg, 1
  • Step B (+/-)-[cis-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol and (+/-)- [trans-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol
  • Triphenylphosphine (0.474 g, 1 .81 mmol) and triethylamine (0.183 g, 1.81 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C and DIAD (0.365 g, 1.81 mmol) was added by dropwise addition. After 18 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of water and extracted with ether (2x100 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 1 N NaOH (2 x 100 mL) then water (2x100 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered and concentrated to give a clear oil.
  • (+/-)-2-( ⁇ cis-4-[(4-bromophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl ⁇ oxy)tetrahydro-2H- pyran 0.3 g, 0.812 mmol
  • bis(pinacolato)diborane 0.247 g, 0.974 mmol
  • potassium acetate 0.319 g, 3.25 mmol
  • [1 ,1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (II) dcm complex (33.5 mg, 0.041 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) was heated to reflux.
  • Step E) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-frcis-4-(tetrahvdro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethoxy ⁇ phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahvdro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • Step D Preparation of (2R)-4-[4- ⁇ 2-fluoro-4-[(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxyl phenyl ⁇ -2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl) butanamide
  • Example 6 The following compounds can be prepared by the procedures described in Example 6 through Example 10 where the appropriate alcohol or protected derivative thereof is employed. Methods used to describe the synthesis of the precursor are analogously known to those skilled in the art.
  • Potassium acetate (810mg, 8.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-(4-bromo-3- fluoro-2-methylphenoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (1 170mg, 4.0mmol) in p-dioxane (41 mL, 0.1 M). After 10 minutes, bis(pinacolato)diborane (1230mg, 4.9mmol) and dichloro 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) (96mg, 0.13mmol) were added. The resulting suspension was heated to 100° C 18h. An additional 100mg of catalyst was added.
  • Pd EnCatTM 150mg, 0.05mmol was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (370mg, 2.7mmol) the 2-[3-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (150mg, 0.45mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C, (267mg, 0.54mmol) in 1 ,4- dioxane (3.5ml_, 0.1 M)and water (0.5 mL).
  • Pd EnCat (0.1 eq) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (3.0 eq), (2-fluoro- 4-methylphenyl)boronic acid (201 mg, 1.3mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (1.0 eq) in dioxane:water (0.1 M, 5:1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C.
  • Pd EnCatTM (93mg, 0.03mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (1 15mg, 0.83 mmol), 2-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (86mg, 0.33mmol), and (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
  • Pd EnCat (333mg, 0.1 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (832 mg, 6.0 mmol), (2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (227 mg, 1.3mmol), and (2R)-4-(4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C (500 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dioxane:water (8 mL, 5:1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C.
  • Step B (2R)-4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyDhenvn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2H Il-2-methyl-2-
  • Step C (2R)-4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
  • Example 23 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 4-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidine. Product isolated is an off white solid, 21 mg (31 %).
  • Example 24 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 5-(4- bromophenyl)-1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazole. Product isolated is an off white solid, 1 1 mg (16%).
  • Example 25 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 4-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methyloxazole. Product isolated is an off white solid, 7 mg (10%).
  • Example 26 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 3-(4- bromophenyl)-5-methyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole. Product isolated is a white solid, 14 mg (17%).
  • Example 27 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidine. Product isolated is an off white solid, 19 mg (28%).
  • (2R)-4- ⁇ 4-[4-(difluoromethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl]-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl ⁇ -2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (120 mg, 0.225 mmol) in DCM (3ml_) was added a solution of 4M hydrogen chloride in dioxane (1 .7 mL, 6.75 mmol).
  • the title compound (212 mg, 58%) can be prepared from 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]pyridine (239 mg, 0.8 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for the preparation of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4- ⁇ 2-oxo-4-[4- (1 H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl ⁇ -N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • Example 1 Step B.
  • 3-(4-iodophenoxy)propan-1-ol 316 mg, 1.14 mmol
  • Step B 4-(4-(4-(3-hvdroxypropoxy)phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
  • Step B Tert-butyl(diphenyl) ⁇ 2-[3-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclobutyll
  • Step G) (2RVN-hvdroxy-4-r4-f4-r2-(3-hvdroxycvclobutvnethoxylDhenyl>-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
  • (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4- ⁇ 2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethoxy ⁇ phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide (386 mg, 0.597 mmol) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (6.0 ml.) and methanol (0.60 ml_).
  • Step B N-hvdroxy-4-r4-(6-methoxy-2-naphthylV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-
  • (+/-)-4-[4-(6-Methoxy-2-naphthyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-Benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]- N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
  • (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyridin-4-ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]- N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B.
  • the title compound was obtained as a white solid (90 mg, 62%) LC-MS m/z 442.3 (M+1 ).
  • Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (1.40 ml_, 8.32 mmol) was added dropwise via a syringe to a solution of quinolin-7-ol (930 mg, 6.41 mmol), and pyridine (1.05 ml_, 13.0 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0°C. After addition the ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF25-40g column and eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-40%) to afford the title compound as an orange-white solid (1.54 g, 86.7%).
  • the vial was capped and heated to 80°C and stirred at this temperature overnight.
  • the reaction was allowed to cool, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL), filtered through celite ( ⁇ 1 inch) and the filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL).
  • the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated.
  • (+/.)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2A and 7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)quinoline were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1 -benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A.
  • the title compound was obtained as a white solid (221 mg, 88.1 %) LC-MS m/z 500.7 (M+1 ).
  • Potassium acetate (391 mg, 3.98 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-[2-(4- bromophenoxy)ethyl]pyridine (370 mg, 1.33 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (405 mg, 1.60 mmol), and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (I I) dcm complex (325 mg, 0.40 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5.0 mL) in a 20 mL vial.
  • (+/.)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2A and 4- ⁇ 2-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]ethyl ⁇ pyridine were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2- yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A.
  • the title compound was obtained as a white solid (44.1 mg, 15.4%) LC-MS m/z 568.8 (M-1 ).
  • Step B) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r4-(2H-1.2.3-triazol-2- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl ⁇ -N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A, and 2-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole were converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran- 2-yl)-2-oxopyr
  • Pd EnCatTM 200mg, 0.06mmol was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.81 mmol), (4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol), and (2R)-4-(4-iodo- 2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2 B, (300 mg, 0.602 mmol) in dioxane:water (5.5 ml_, 10:1 mixture) in a 25ml_ round bottom flask.
  • the title compound was produced following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol).
  • the crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 125mg, 44.5%.
  • Example 41 Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol).
  • the crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 180mg, 64.1 %.
  • Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1 13mg, 0.602mmol.
  • the resulting crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 132mg, 42.6%.
  • 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]tetrahydro-2H- pyran (98.3 mg, 0.341 mmol)
  • (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, (170 mg, 0.341 mmol) was added Pd(ll)
  • the title compound was produced by following the general methodology of Example 47, Step B, giving the title compound as a solid (66.8%).
  • Step A 2-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane
  • 1-bromo-4-chloro-2,3-difluorobenzene 720 mg, 3.17 mmol
  • tetrahydrofuran 10 mL
  • / ' -propylmagesiumchloride 1.90 ml_, 3.80 mmol
  • Step B (2R -r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluoroDhenylV2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-
  • Step C (2R)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • Step B 4-r4-(Benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)
  • Step C 4-r4-(BenzyloxyV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-N- (tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
  • Step D 4-r4-(BenzyloxyV2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
  • Step B 4-(4-lodo-3-methyl-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn butanoate
  • Step A 4-(4-Cvclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-
  • the combined organics were washed with water 100ml_ and brine 100ml_, and dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to furnish 300mg crude oil.
  • the crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: 100:0 heptanes:ethyl acetate to 0:100 heptane:ethyl acetate) to afford a clear oil (274mg, 96%) as a mixture of unreacted starting material and title compound.
  • Step B 4-(4-Cvclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
  • the resulting white precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (34 mg, 85%).
  • Pd EnCat (172 mg, 0.067 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (298 mg, 2.16 mmol), phenylboronic acid (132 mg, 1.08 mmol), and ethyl (2R)-4-(3-fluoro-4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (288 mg, 0.647 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane:water (10 ml, 4:1 ) in a 20 ml vial. The vial was sealed and the reaction was heated to 80°C and allowed to stir overnight at that temperature.
  • Hunig's Base 93 uL, 0.54 mmol
  • HOBt 78 mg, 0.51 mmol
  • n-Butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 18.6 mL, 46.5 mmol) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (6.51 mL, 46.1 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (85 mL) at -78°C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour.
  • a solution of 2,5-difluoropyridine (5.0 g, 43 mmol) in anhydrous THF (12 mL) was added dropwise via cannula and the reaction was stirred at -78°C for 3 hours. After this time, iodine (12.1 g, 47.8 mmol) in
  • tetrahydrofuran 50 mL was added dropwise via cannula to the reaction at -78°C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour after complete addition.
  • Water 100 mL was added to the reaction and the temperature was allowed to come to RT.
  • the reaction was extracted with diethyl ether (3x100 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (100 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF40-80g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-10%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (4.60 g, 44%).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to a new class of hydroxamic acid derivatives, their use as LpxC inhibitors, and more specifically their use to treat bacterial infections. Formula (I).

Description

N -LINKED HYDROXAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES
USEFUL AS ANTIBACTERIAL AGENTS
Field of the Invention
This invention relates to novel hydroxamic acid derivatives that are useful for the treatment of bacterial infections, especially Gram-negative infections. The invention also relates to methods of using such compounds in the treatment of bacterial infections in mammals, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds.
Background of the Invention
Infection by Gram-negative bacteria such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Extended Spectrum β-lactamase producing (ESBL) Enterobacteriaceae, and
Acinetobacter baumannii is a major health problem, especially in the case of hospital- acquired infections. In addition, there is an increasing level of resistance to current antibiotic therapies, which severely limits treatment options. For example, in 2002, 33% of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections from intensive care units were resistant to fluoroquinolones, while resistance to imipenem was 22% (CID 42: 657-68, 2006). In addition, multi-drug resistant (MDR) infections are also increasing; in the case of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, MDR increased from 4% in 1992 to 14% in 2002 (Biochem Pharm 71 : 991 , 2006).
Gram-negative bacteria are unique in that their outer membrane contains lipopolysaccharide (LPS), which is crucial for maintaining membrane integrity, and is essential for bacterial viability (reviewed in Ann. Rev. Biochem 76: 295-329, 2007). The major lipid component of LPS is Lipid A, and inhibition of Lipid A biosynthesis is lethal to bacteria. Lipid A is synthesized on the cytoplasmic surface of the bacterial inner membrane via a pathway that consists of nine different enzymes. These enzymes are highly conserved in most gram-negative bacteria. LpxC is the enzyme that catalyzes the first committed step in the Lipid A biosynthetic pathway, the removal of the N-acetyl group of UDP-3-0-(R-3-hydroxymyristoyl)-N-acetylglucosamine. LpxC is a Zn2+ - dependent enzyme that has no mammalian homologue, making it a good target for the development of novel antibiotics. Several inhibitors of LpxC [UDP-3-0-(R-3- hydroxymyristoyl)-GlcNAc deacetylase] with low nM affinity have been reported (Biochemistry 45: 7940-48, 2006). Summary of the Invention
A new class of LpxC inhibitors has been discovered. These compounds, or their pharmaceutical salts, can be represented by Formula I below:
Figure imgf000003_0001
in which:
R1 is represented by C1-C3 alkyl;
R2 is represented by hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl;
R3 is represented by hydrogen, halogen, C1-C3alkyl, C^Cgalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or trifluoromethoxy;
L is absent, or is represented by a moiety selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene which may be optionally substituted, C2-C6 alkenylene, C2-C6 alkynylene,
Figure imgf000003_0002
-(CH2)P-0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-;
n is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4;
p is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4;
q is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 6;
z is represented by an integer ranging from 1 to 4;
D is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of:
i) (C3.C10)cycloalkyl, optionally substituted,
ii) (C6-C10)aryl, optionally substituted,
iii) heteroaryl, optionally substituted,
iv) heterocyclic, optionally substituted,
T is absent, or is represented by -S-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n, -0-(CH2)z-S-(CH2)n, -(CH2)q-, -(CH2)n-C(0)-(CH2)P-, -(CH2)n-0-(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n-S-(CH2)p, -0-(CH2)p-C(0)-(CH2)n-, -(CH2)p-C(0)-(CH2)q-0-(CH2)n-, -0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-, -O-d-Ce alkylene optionally substituted, -S-C C6 alkylene optionally substituted, -0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-, -S-(CH2)z-S-(CH2)n-, -(CH2)n-SH, or -(CH2)n-OH, and;
G is absent, or is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: i) (C3_C10)cycloalkyl, optionally substituted;
ii) (C6-C10)aryl optionally substituted;
iii) heteroaryl, optionally substituted, and;
iv) heterocyclic, optionally substituted.
The compounds of Formula I exhibit antibacterial activity, especially against Gram-negative organisms. They may be used to treat bacterial infections in mammals, especially humans. The compounds may also be used for veterinary applications, such as treating infections in livestock and companion animals.
The compounds of Formula I are useful for treating a variety of infections;
especially Gram-negative infections including nosocomial pneumonia, urinary tract infections, systemic infections (bacteremia and sepsis), skin and soft tissue infections, surgical infections, intraabdominal infections, lung infections (including those in patients with cystic fibrosis), Helicobacter pylori (and relief of associated gastric complications such as peptic ulcer disease, gastric carcinogenesis, etc.), endocarditis, diabetic foot infections, osteomyelitis, and central nervous system infections.
In order to simplify administration, the compounds will typically be admixed with at least one excipient and formulated into a pharmaceutical dosage form. Examples of such dosage forms include tablets, capsules, solutions/suspensions for injection, aerosols for inhalation and solutions/suspensions for oral ingestion.
Detailed Description of the Invention
The headings within this document are only being utilized to expedite its review by the reader. They should not be construed as limiting the invention or claims in any manner.
Definitions and Exemplification
As used throughout this application, including the claims, the following terms have the meanings defined below, unless specifically indicated otherwise. The plural and singular should be treated as interchangeable, other than the indication of number: a. "C-|- C3 alkyl" refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or isopropyl, etc. b. "C.,- C3 alkoxy" refers to a straight or branched chain alkoxy group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, etc. c. "halogen" refers to a chlorine, fluorine, iodine, or bromine atom.
d. "C C6 alkylene" refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, having single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms. Examples of such alkylene groups include methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, isopropylene, n-butylene, isobutylene, pentylene, etc. This alkylene moiety may be optionally substituted in which up to 6 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, sulfonamide, imino, iminohydroxy, iminoalkoxy, iminoalkyl, -0-Ra, -SRa, and -NRaRb in which Ra and Rb are each independently represented by hydrogen or C-i-Cealkyl which may be optionally substituted. e. "C2- C6 alkenylene" refers to a branched or straight chained alkene group
containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms. Examples of such groups include -CH2-CH=CH-CH2-, -CH2-CH=CH-CH=CH-, etc.
f. "C2- C6 alkynylene" refers to a branched or straight chained alkyne group
containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms. Examples of such groups include -CH2-C≡C-CH2-, -CH2-CH≡CH-CH≡CH-, etc.
g. "C C6 alkyl" refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, etc.
h. "C - C6 alkyl, optionally substituted" refers to a branched or straight chained alkyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, etc. Such an alkyl group may be optionally substituted, in which up to 6 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, sulfonamide, imino, iminoalkoxy, iminohydroxy, iminoalkyl, -0-Ra, -SRa, and -NRaRb in which Ra and Rb are each independently represented by hydrogen or C-pCelkyl which may be optionally substituted as described above.
i. "C.,- C6 alkoxy" refers to a straight or branched chain alkoxy group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, etc; which may be unsubstituted or optionally further substituted with halogen, hydroxy, thiol or amino(-NH2).
j. "(C3-C-10) cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic,
bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl radical wherein each cyclic moiety has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and the like.
k. "(C3-C10) cycloalkyl" optionally substituted refers to a (C3-C10) cycloalkyl moiety as described above. Such a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted, in which up to 4 hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted, (C1-C6)alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, oxo, -S02NR4R5, -(CH2)m-NR5-C(0)-R4, -(CH2)m-C(0)-N-R4R5, -
C(0)-R4, -C(0)-0-R4, -SR4, -S02R4 and -NR4R5, in which R4 and R5 are each independently represented by hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, which may be optionally substituted as defined above, and m is 0-4. These substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring, that is chemically permissible.
I. "(C6-C10)aryl" means a cyclic, aromatic hydrocarbon containing from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, etc. m. "(C6-C10)aryl optionally substituted" means a cyclic, aromatic hydrocarbon as defined above. Such an aryl moiety may be optionally substituted with up to 4 non-hydrogen substituents, each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted, (C1-C6)alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, -S02NR4R5, -(CH2)m-NR5-C(0)-R4, -(CH2)m-C(0)-N-R4R5, -C(0)-R4,- C(0)-0-R4, -SR4, -S02R4 and -NR4R5, in which m, R4 and R5 are as defined above. These substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring, that is chemically permissible. "Phenyl optionally substituted" refers to a phenyl ring substituted as described above,
n. "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring having one, or more, heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. More specifically, it refers to a 5- or 6- membered ring containing 1 , 2, 3, or 4 nitrogen atoms; 1 oxygen atom; 1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 oxygen atom; 2 nitrogen atoms and 1 oxygen atom; or 2 nitrogen atoms and 1 sulfur atom. The 5-membered ring has 2 double bonds and the 6- membered ring has 3 double bonds. The term heteroaryl also includes bicyclic groups in which the heteroaryl ring is fused to a benzene ring, heterocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl ring, or another heteroaryl ring. Examples of such heteroaryl ring systems include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, tetrazole, isoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, benzo[6]thienyl, 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-benzoxazolyl, 7-benzimidazolyl, or
benzothiazolyl.
o. "heteroaryl, optionally substituted," refers to a heteroaryl moiety as defined
immediately above, in which up to 4 carbon atoms of the heteroaryl moiety may be substituted with a substituent, each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted, (C1-C6)alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, S02NR4R5, -(CH2)m-N-C(0)-R4, -(CH2)m-C(0)-N-R4R5,
-C(0)-R4, -C(0)-0-R4, -SR4, -S02R4 and -NR4R5, in which m, R4 and R5 are as defined above. These substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring, that is chemically permissible,
p. "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic ring" refers to any 3- or 4-membered ring
containing a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; or a 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, or 10- membered ring containing 1 , 2, or 3 nitrogen atoms; 1 oxygen atom;
1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 sulfur atom; 1 nitrogen and 1 oxygen atom;
2 oxygen atoms in non-adjacent positions; 1 oxygen and 1 sulfur atom in non- adjacent positions; or 2 sulfur atoms in non-adjacent positions. The 5-membered ring has 0 to 1 double bonds, the 6- and 7-membered rings have 0 to 2 double bonds, and the 8, 9, or 10 membered rings may have 0, 1 , 2, or 3 double bonds. The term "heterocyclic" also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring, a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring or another heterocyclic ring (for example, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl or benzothienyl and the like). Heterocyclics include: pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, azepane, azocane, morpholinyl, isochromyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydrotriazine, tetrahydropyrazole, dihydro-oxathiol-4-yl, dihydro-1 H- isoindole, tetrahydro-oxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dioxolinyl, octahydrobenzofuranyl,
octahydrobenzimidazolyl, and octahydrobenzothiazolyl.
q. "heterocyclic, optionally substituted" refers to a heterocyclic moiety as defined immediately above, in which up to 4 carbon atoms of the heterocycle moiety may be substituted with a substituent, each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, (C1-C6)alkyl optionally substituted, (C1-C6)alkoxy optionally substituted, trifluoromethyl, trifluromethoxy, phosphate, oxo, S02NR4R5, -(CH2)m-N-C(0)-R4, -(CH2)m-C(0)-N-R4R5, -C(0)-R4,
-C(0)-0-R4, -SR4, -S02R4 and -NR4R5, in which m, R4 and R5 are as defined above. These substituents may be the same or different and may be located at any position of the ring that is chemically permissible. Any nitrogen atom within such a heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted with (C-i-Ce) alkyl, or any other substituent listed above, if such a substitution is chemically permissible. Any sulfur atom in the ring may be further substituted with 1 or 2 oxygen atoms. r. "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of a compound of Formula I that, when administered to a patient, provides the desired effect; i.e., lessening in the severity of the symptoms associated with a bacterial infection, decreasing the number of bacteria in the affected tissue, and/or preventing bacteria in the affected tissue from increasing in number.
s. "patient" refers to warm blooded animals such as, for example, guinea pigs, mice, rats, gerbils, cats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, chimpanzees, and humans. t. "treat" refers to the ability of the compounds to relieve, alleviate or slow the
progression of the patient's bacterial infection (or condition) or any tissue damage associated with the disease.
u. "pharmaceutically acceptable" indicates that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically, with the other ingredients comprising a formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
v. "isomer" means "stereoisomer" and "geometric isomer" as defined below.
w. "stereoisomer" means compounds that possess one or more chiral centers and each center may exist in the R or S configuration. Stereoisomers include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric and epimeric forms as well as racemates and mixtures thereof.
v. "geometric isomer" means compounds that may exist in cis, trans, anti, entgegen
(E), and zusammen (Z) forms as well as mixtures thereof,
w. Compounds of "Formula I", "formula I" and "compounds of the invention" are being used interchangeably thru-out the application and should be treated as synonyms.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)", as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, includes salts of acidic or basic groups which may be present in the compounds of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic
compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, such as the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate [i.e., 1 , 1 '-methylene-bis-(2- hydroxy-3-naphthoate)] salts. The compounds of the present invention that include a basic moiety, such as an amino group, may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above.
The invention also relates to base addition salts of the compounds of the invention. The chemical bases that may be used as reagents to prepare these pharmaceutically acceptable base salts are those that form non-toxic base salts with such compounds. Such non-toxic base salts include, but are not limited to those derived from such pharmacologically acceptable cations such as alkali metal cations (e.g., potassium and sodium) and alkaline earth metal cations (e.g., calcium and magnesium), ammonium or water-soluble amine addition salts such as N-methylglucamine-(meglumine), and the lower alkanolammonium and other base salts of pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines.
Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Non-limiting examples of suitable base salts include the aluminum, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine,
magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed, for example, hemisulphate and hemicalcium salts. For a review on suitable salts, see Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts:
Properties, Selection, and Use by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, 2002). Methods for making pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention are known to one of skill in the art.
Certain of the compounds of the formula (I) may exist as geometric isomers. The compounds of the formula (I) may possess one or more asymmetric centers, thus existing as two, or more, stereoisomeric forms. The present invention includes all the individual stereoisomers and geometric isomers of the compounds of formula (I) and mixtures thereof. Individual enantiomers can be obtained by chiral separation or using the relevant enantiomer in the synthesis.
In addition, the compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention. The compounds may also exist in one or more crystalline states, i.e. polymorphs, or they may exist as amorphous solids. All such forms are encompassed by the claims.
The invention also relates to prodrugs of the compounds of the invention. Thus certain derivatives of compounds of the invention which may have little or no pharmacological activity themselves can, when administered into or onto the body, be converted into compounds of the invention having the desired activity, for example, by hydrolytic cleavage. Such derivatives are referred to as "prodrugs". Further information on the use of prodrugs may be found in Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14, ACS Symposium Series (T. Higuchi and W. Stella) and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Pergamon Press, 1987 (Ed. E. B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical
Association).
This invention also encompasses compounds of the invention containing protective groups. One skilled in the art will also appreciate that compounds of the invention can also be prepared with certain protecting groups that are useful for purification or storage and can be removed before administration to a patient. The protection and deprotection of functional groups is described in "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", edited by J.W.F. McOmie, Plenum Press (1973) and "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd edition, T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Wiley- Interscience (1999).
The present invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in formula I, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to, 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 170, 31 P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36CI, respectively. Compounds of the present invention, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically- labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
Isotopically-labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples below, by substituting a readily available isotopically-labeled reagent for a non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
All of the compounds of Formula I contain a sulfonyl moiety as depicted below:
Figure imgf000011_0001
This sulfonyl moiety will always be substituted with a lower alky moiety. Typically it will be methyl. The carbon atom adjacent to the sulfonyl may optionally be
substituted, as represented by R2. Typically both R1 and R2 will be methyl.
As is readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the carbon adjacent to the sulfonyl moiety is a chiral center. Therefore the compounds can exist as the racemate, as the S enantiomer, or as the R enantiomer. In a further embodiment, the compounds may be prepared and administered as the R-enantiomer, as depicted below:
Figure imgf000012_0001
As is readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the compound as synthesized will rarely be present exclusively as a single enantiomer. The opposite enantiomer (i.e the S-enantiomer) may be present in minor amounts (i.e. "substantially pure"). This minor amount can be up to 10 w/w%, more typically no greater than 5 w/w% and in a further embodiment no greater than 1 w/w%.
All of the compounds of Formula I contain a ridinone as depicted below:
Figure imgf000012_0002
This pyridinone ring will be connected to the rest of the molecule via the 1- and 4- positions as depicted above. The pyridinone moiety may be optionally substituted, as depicted by the R3 moiety. R3 may represent one non-hydrogen substituent, as defined above. This non-hydrogen substituent may be located at any of positions 3, 4 or 5 of the pyridinone ring. Typically R3 will represent hydrogen.
While the presence of L, T and G are optional, all of the compounds of Formula I will contain one of the substituents as defined by D. D may be any of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic, as defined above. These ring systems may also be optionally substituted, as defined above. Any chemically permissible position of D may be bonded to the 4-position of the pyridine ring or D may be connected to the pyridinone via the linker as defined by L.
The molecule may contain one of the substituents defined by G. G, if present, may be bonded directly to D. Alternatively, the linker T may connect G and D. G may be any of aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic as defined above. These ring systems may also be optionally substituted, as defined above.
If G is absent, the molecule may terminate with either T or D as the tail. If the molecule terminates with T, then one skilled in the art will recognize that any of the linkers specifed above will have an additional hydrogen atom on the terminal atom of that specifc substituent, due to the lack of a bond to G.
More specific embodiments of the invention include compounds of Formula I in which:
a) R1 is methyl;
b) R1 and R2 are each methyl;
c) R3 is hydrogen;
d) L is absent;
e) the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure);
f) R1 and R2 are each methyl, D is represented by optionally substituted phenyl and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure); g) R1 and R2 are each methyl, L, G and T are all absent, D is represented by optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound is present as the R- enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure);
h) R1 and R2 are each methyl, L is absent, D is represented by phenyl optionally substituted, T is absent, G is represented by heteroaryl, optionally substituted and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. substantially pure).
In a further embodiment, the invention is directed to a subgenus represented by formula la below. As depicted below, L, T and G are all absent. D is phenyl optionally substituted, R3 is hydrogen and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. the S-enantiomer may optionally be present as a minor impurity, typically no more than 5 w/w%, more typically no more than 1 w/w%). In a further embodiment, the phenyl ring is substituted with up to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, and C1-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy or halogen.
Figure imgf000013_0001
In a further embodiment, the invention is directed to a subgenus represented by formula lb below As depicted, L and T are both absent, D is phenyl bonded directly to
G which is optionally substituted heteroaryl. R is hydrogen and the compound is present as the R-enantiomer (i.e. the S-enantiomer may optionally be present as a minor impurity, typically no more than 5 w/w%, more typically no more than 1 w/w%).
Figure imgf000014_0001
Synthesis
The compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods that are analogously known in the art. The reaction schemes presented below illustrate one method for preparing these compounds. Others, including modifications thereof, will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
Scheme A below illustrates how to prepare the compounds of Formula I. The initial step in the synthesis, as depicted in Step A, is to conduct an N-alkylation reaction between the pyridinone of structure 1 and the sulfonyl derivative of structure 2, generating the sulfonyl-pyridinone derivative of structure 3. In Step B, which is further illustrated in Scheme B, the terminal carboxylate of structure 3 is converted to a hydroxamic acid derivative as is depicted in structure 4. In Step C, which is further illustrated in Scheme C, the terminal moiety, L-D-T-G, is attached to the 4-position of the pyridinone moiety, generating the desired compound of Formula I.
As is readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the order in which Step B and Step C are carried out is not critical. If desired, the terminal moiety represented by L-D-T-G may be attached to the pyridinone and then the hydroxamic moiety may be incorporated into the molecule. Likewise, the synthetic team may partially complete either Step B or Step C and return to this portion of the molecule after completing the modifications required at the other end of the molecule. Such varations are readily apparent to one of skilled in the art. SCHEME A
The N-alkylation depicted above in Step A can be carried out using techniques well known to medicinal chemists. One of the starting materials is the 2-pyridinone derivative of structure 1 . In this pyridinone, R3 should be represented by the same moiety as is desired in the final product, or a protected variation thereof. Many of these pyridinone derivatives are known in the art and the remainder can be produced using synthetic techniques analgously known in the art. The reader's attention is directed to Tet. Lett. (2005) Vol 46, 7917 for a description of such techniques. Preparation 2A infra, also illustrates their preparation.
The other reactant is the protected alkyl sulfonate of structure 2. R1 and R2 should both be represented by the same moiety as is desired in the final product. An ethyl protecting group is depicted, but any standard protecting group may be substituted. These alkyl sulfonates are also known in the art. The reader's attention is directed to JOC, (1980) Vol 45, 8, 1486-89 for a description of their preparation.
Preparation 1A infra, also illustrates their preparation.
The N-alkylation can be carried out as is known in the art. Typically equivalent amounts of the compounds of structure 1 and 2 are contacted in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a weak base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, etc. The reactants are typically heated and the reaction is continued until completed. The desired product of structure 3 can be recovered and isolated as is known in the art. If desired, it can be purified, or alternatively the crude can be used in the next step of the reaction.
Scheme B-Hydroxamic Acid Formation
Figure imgf000017_0001
Scheme B illustrates how to incorporate the hydroxamic acid moiety into the molecules. As is depicted in Step 1 , the protecting group is removed from the carboxylic acid, thereby generating the intermediate of structure 3'. The manner in which this is accomplished will vary with the identity of the actual protecting group and is well known to those skilled in the art.
In Step 2, the hydroxamic acid moiety, as depicted, is incorporated into the molecule. This can also be carried out as is known in the art. If desired, a protected hydroxylamine may be used, followed by a subsequent deprotection reaction.
Alternatively hydroxylamine may be directly incorporated. In either case the hydroxamic acid functionality is incorporated into the molecule using standard amidation reactions. For example, the compound of structure 3' may be contacted with an excess of oxalyl chloride, in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane to allow formation of the corresponding acid chloride, followed by the addition of an excess of either the hydroxylamine or protected hydroxylamine. The reaction is then allowed to proceed to completion and the compound of structure 4 or its corresponding protected intermediate is isolated from the reaction medium and purified as is known in the art. As mentioned above, any deprotection, if required, may be carried out as is known in the art.
Alternatively the amide can be formed using the amide coupling reagent, 1 , 1 '- carbonyliimidazole or 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide) ("EDCI"), as is known in the art.
Scheme C-Attachment of Terminal Group
C R
Op
Figure imgf000018_0001
G-T-D-M1
Coupling or
Reaction
G-T-D-L-M1
Figure imgf000018_0002
In Scheme C, as shown above, the tail of the molecule, i.e L-D-T-G, is attached to the 4-position of the N-hydroxylated pyridinone intermediate generated in Step B. The coupling reaction depicted in Scheme C can be carried out by two alternative methods.
In Option A, the halide function at the 4-position is directly displaced by the desired tail group. In Option B, the halide moiety is converted to a boronate ester which is subsequently displaced by the desired tail group. Either strategy may be utilized.
If Option B is chosen, the boronation can be carried out using techniques well known to those skilled in the art. For example, the intermediate of structure 4 is placed in an aprotic solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane) and then contacted with an organobornane (such as neopentyl diboron, bis(pinolacto)diborane, etc.,) in the presence of both a transition metal catalyst (i.e. palladium) and a base (potassium acetate, cesium carbonate, etc.). The reaction is allowed to proceed to completion. The borylated intermediate describe by structure 4' may be isolated and purifed as is known in the art, or the crude may be used directly in the next step of the reaction.
Regardless of whether Option A or Option B is chosen, a coupling reaction is ultimately carried out to attach the terminal moiety, G-T-D-L, to the 4-position of the pyridinone intermediate. In Scheme C above, the co-reactant is depicted as G-T-D-L- M1. However the reader is reminded that the presence of G, T, and L are all optional. Only D is required. Thus, the co-reactant with the pyridinone may be any of D-M1, T-D- M1, G-T-D-M1, G-T-D-L-M1, T-D-L-M1 or D-L-M1. Therefore, G-T-D-L-M1 will be represented by the same moiety as desired in the final product, except that it will be substituted by a halogen atom, a metal such as magnesium, copper, or a boronate ester, etc. at the desired point of attachment to the pyridinone intermediate (i.e. the other reactant). The tails encompassed by Formula I, i.e G-T-D-L, are either known in the art or can be prepared by methods analogously known in the art.
The manner in which the coupling reaction is carried out varies with the type of bond being formed, i.e. (carbon-carbon, carbon-nitrogen, carbon-oxygen, carbon-sulfur, etc.). If a carbon-carbon bond is desired, then a Suzuki-Miyaura strategy may be used. In such a reaction M1 will be represented by a boronic acid/ester or a halogen atom.
Equivalent molar amounts of the reactants will be contacted in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, water, toluene, or an admixture thereof; in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as palladium, or nickel (or resin bound catalyst) along with a base such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or cesium carbonate. The reactants will be heated by microwave or other conventional technique till completed. Once completed the desired product may be isolated and recovered from the reaction and further purified as is known in the art.
Alternatively an Ullmann coupling strategy may be used. In such a reaction, M1 will be copper or nickel and the 4-position of the pyridinone will be substituted with an iodine atom (i.e. Option A will be chosen). Equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent such as ether, DMF, or DME and the reactants are heated till the reaction is completed. The desired product of formula I may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
If a carbon-oxygen or carbon-sulfur linkage is desired, then a Willamson/Ullmann ether coupling or Mitsunobu reaction may be utilized to produce these derivatives. G-T- D-L-M1 will be represented by the same moiety as desired in the final product, except that it will be substituted by a hydroxyl function at the desired point of attachment to the pyridinone. If a thioether is desired, G-T-D-L-M2 will be an appropriately substituted disulfide moiety.
The Ullmann ether reaction can be carried out in the presence of copper salts. If a Williamson ether approach is used, then equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent such as dioxane in the presence or absence of a phase transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6. A base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium t- butoxide or sodium methoxide will typically be added as well. The reactants will be heated by microwave or other conventional technique to reaction completion. The desired product may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
If a carbon-nitrogen bond is desired, then a Buchwald-Hartwig cross-coupling or Ullmann strategy, similar to that described above, may be utilized. Equivalent amounts of the reactants will be contacted in an aprotic solvent solvent such as ether, dimethylformamide, or dimethyoxyethane in the presence of a source of copper, such as copper acetate, and a base such as pyridine or catalyst such as a palladium complex. The reaction will be allowed to proceed to completion and the desired product may be isolated and purified as is known in the art.
The reaction schemes depicted above for producing the compound of Formula I, are merely illustrative. As is readily apparent to one skilled in the art, they may be modified depending upon the specific compound, availability of reagents, etc. Medical and Veterinary Uses
The compounds may be used for the treatment or prevention of infectious disorders, especially those caused by susceptible and multi-drug resistant (MDR) Gram- negative bacteria. Examples of such Gram-negative bacteria include Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter spp., Achromobacter spp., Aeromonas spp., Bacteroides fragilis, Bordetella spp., Borrelia spp., Brucella spp., Campylobacter spp., Citrobacter diversus (koseri), Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Francisella tularensis, Fusobacterium spp., Haemophilus influenzae (β- lactamase positive and negative), Helicobacter pylori, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae (including those encoding extended-spectrum β-lactamases (hereinafter "ESBLs"), Legionella pneumophila, Moraxella catarrhalis (β-lactamase positive and negative), Morganella morganii, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Proteus vulgaris, Porphyromonas spp., Prevotella spp., members of the
Enterobacteriaceae that express ESBLs KPCs, CTX-M, metallo-3-lactamases, and AmpC-type beta-lactamases that confer resistance to currently available
cephalosporins, cephamycins, carbapenems, and beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor combinations, Mannheimia haemolyticus, Pasteurella spp., Proteus mirabilis,
Providencia spp., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas spp., Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Serratia marcescens, Treponema spp., Burkholderia cepacia, Vibrio spp., Yersinia spp., and Stenotrophomonas malophilia.
In a more specific embodiment, the Gram-negative bacteria are selected from the group consisting of Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter spp., Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae , Serratia marcescens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and members of the Enterobacteriaceae and Pseudomonas that express ESBLs, KPCs, CTX-M, metallo-β- lactamases, and AmpC-type beta-lactamases that confer resistance to currently available cephalosporins, cephamycins, carbapenems, and beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor combinations.
Examples of infections that may be treated with the compounds of Formula I include nosocomial pneumonia, urinary tract infections, systemic infections (bacteremia and sepsis), skin and soft tissue infections, surgical infections, intraabdominal infections, lung infections in patients with cystic fibrosis, patients suffering from lung infections, endocarditis, diabetic foot infections, osteomyelitis, and central nervous system infections. In addition, the compounds can be used to treat Helicobacter pylori infections in the Gl tract of humans (and other mammals). Elimination of these bacteria is associated with improved health outcomes including fewer dyspeptic symptoms, reduced peptic ulcer recurrence and rebleeding, reduced risk of gastric cancer, etc. A more detailed discussion of eradicating H. pylori and its impact on gastrointestinal illness may be found at: www.informahealthcare.com, Expert Opin. Drug Saf. (2008) 7(3).
In order to exhibit this anti-infective activity, the compounds need to be administered in a therapeutically effective amount. A "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe a sufficient quantity of the compound to treat the infection, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any such medical treatment. It will be understood, however, that the attending physician, within the scope of sound medical judgment, will decide the total daily dosage of the compound. The specific
therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts. As a general guideline however, the total daily dose will typically range from about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 5000mg/kg/day in single or in divided doses. Typically, dosages for humans will range from about 10 mg to about 3000 mg per day, in a single or multiple doses.
Any route typically used to treat infectious illnesses, including oral, parenteral, topical, rectal, transmucosal, and intestinal, can be used to administer the compounds. Parenteral administrations include injections to generate a systemic effect or injections directly into to the afflicted area. Examples of parenteral administrations are
subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intrathecal, and intraocular, intranasal, intravetricular injections or infusions techniques. Topical administrations include the treatment of areas readily accessibly by local application, such as, for example, eyes, ears including external and middle ear infections, vaginal, open wound, skin including the surface skin and the underneath dermal structures, or other lower intestinal tract. Transmucosal administration includes nasal aerosol or inhalation applications. Formulations
Compounds of the invention can be formulated for administration in any way for use in human or veterinary medicine, by analogy with other bioactive agents such as antibiotics. Such methods are known in the art and are summarized below.
The composition can be formulated for administration by any route known in the art, such as subdermal, by-inhalation, oral, topical or parenteral. The compositions may be in any form known in the art, including but not limited to tablets, capsules, powders, granules, lozenges, creams or liquid preparations, such as oral or sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions.
The topical formulations of the present invention can be presented as, for instance, ointments, creams or lotions, ophthalmic ointments/drops and otic drops, impregnated dressings and aerosols, and may contain appropriate conventional additives such as preservatives, solvents to assist drug penetration and emollients, etc. Such topical formulations may also contain conventional carriers, such as cream or ointment bases and ethanol or oleyl alcohol for lotions. Such carriers may be present, for example, from about 1 % up to about 98% of the formulation.
Tablets and capsules for oral administration may be in unit dose presentation form, and may contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, for example acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, or polyvinylpyrollidone; fillers, for example lactose, sugar, maize-starch, calcium phosphate, sorbitol or glycine; tabletting lubricants, for example magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica; disintegrants, for example potato starch; or acceptable wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulphate. The tablets may be coated according to methods will known in normal pharmaceutical practice.
Oral liquid preparations may be in the form of, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs, or may be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may contain conventional additives, such as suspending agents, for example sorbitol, methyl cellulose, glucose syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminium stearate gel or hydrogenated edible fats, emulsifying agents, for example lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia; non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), for example almond oil, oily esters such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or ethyl alcohol; preservatives, for example methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate or sorbic acid, and, if desired, conventional flavoring or coloring agents. For parenteral administration, fluid unit dosage forms are prepared utilizing the compound and a sterile vehicle, water being typical. The compound, depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can be either suspended or dissolved in the vehicle or other suitable solvent. In preparing solutions, the compound can be dissolved in water for injection and filter sterilized before filling into a suitable vial or ampoule and sealing. Advantageously, agents such as a local anesthetic preservative and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle. To enhance the stability, the composition can be frozen after filling into the vial and the water removed under vacuum. The dry lyophilized powder is then sealed in the vial and an accompanying vial of water for injection may be supplied to reconstitute the liquid prior to use. Parenteral suspensions are prepared in substantially the same manner except that the compound is suspended in the vehicle instead of being dissolved and sterilization cannot be accomplished by filtration. The compound can be sterilized by exposure to ethylene oxide before suspending in the sterile vehicle. Advantageously, a surfactant or wetting agent is included in the composition to facilitate uniform distribution of the compound.
The compositions may contain, for example, from about 0.1 % by weight, to about 60% by weight, of the active material, depending on the method of administration.
Where the compositions comprise dosage units, each unit will contain, for example, from about 5-500 mg of the active ingredient. The dosage as employed for adult human treatment will range, for example, from about 10 to 3000 mg per day, depending on the route and frequency of administration.
If desired, the compounds of the invention may be administered in combination with one or more additional anti-bacterial agents ("the additional active agent"). Such use of compounds of the invention in combination with an additional active agent may be for simultaneous, separate or sequential use.
The examples and preparations provided below further illustrate and exemplify the compounds of the present invention and methods of preparing such compounds. It is to be understood that the scope of the present invention is not limited in any way by the scope of the following examples and preparations. In the following examples molecules with a single chiral center, unless otherwise noted, exist as a racemic mixture. Those molecules with two or more chiral centers, unless otherwise noted, exist as a racemic mixture of diastereomers. Single enantiomers/diastereomers may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art. EXAMPLES
Experimental Procedures
Experiments were generally carried out under an inert atmosphere (nitrogen or argon), particularly in cases where oxygen- or moisture-sensitive reagents or
intermediates were employed. Commercial solvents and reagents were generally used without further purification, including anhydrous solvents where appropriate (generally Sure-Seal™ products from the Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, Wisconsin). Mass spectrometry data is reported from either liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS) or atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). Chemical shifts for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) data are expressed in parts per million (ppm, δ) referenced to residual peaks from the deuterated solvents employed. Melting points are uncorrected. Low Resolution Mass Spectra (LRMS) were recorded on either a Hewlett Packard 5989®, utilizing chemical ionization (ammonium), or a Fisons (or Micro Mass)
Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization (APCI) platform which uses a 50/50 mixture of acetonitrile/water with 0.1% formic acid as the ionizing agent. Room or ambient temperature refers to 20-25°C.
For syntheses referencing procedures in other Examples, reaction conditions (length of reaction and temperature) may vary. In general, reactions were followed by thin layer chromatography or mass spectrometry, and subjected to work-up when appropriate. Purifications may vary between experiments: in general, solvents and the solvent ratios used for eluants/gradients were chosen to provide appropriate RfS or retention times.
In the discussion above and in the examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning.
Aq. = aqueous
bm = broad multiplet
BOC = ferf-butoxycarbonyl
bd = broad doublet
bs = broad singlet
CDI = 1 , 1 '-carbonyldiimidazole
d = doublet
dd = doublet of doublets
dq = doublet of quartets
dt = doublet of triplets DIAD = diisopropyl azocarboxylate
DMF = dimethylformamide
DMA = dimethylacetamide
DMAP = dimethylaminopyridine
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
eq. = equivalents
g = grams
h = hours
HPLC = high pressure liquid chromatography
LG = leaving group
m = multiplet
M = molar
M% = mole percent
max = maximum
meq = milliequivalent
mg = milligram
mL = milliliter
mm = millimeter
mmol = millimol
q = quartet
s = singlet
t or tr = triplet
TBS = tert-butyldimethylsilyl
TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
THF = tetrahydrofuran
TLC = thin layer chromatography
p-TLC = preparative thin layer chromatography μΙ_ = microliter
N = normality
MeOH = methanol
DCM = dichloromethane
HCI = hydrochloric acid
ACN = acetonitrile
MS = mass spectrometry
rt = room temperature EtOAc = ethyl acetate
EtO = ethoxy
Ac = acetate
NMP = 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
μΙ_ = microliter
J = coupling constant
NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance
MHz = megahertz
Hz = hertz
m/z = mass to charge ratio
min = minutes
ppt = precipitate
CBZ = benzyloxycarbonyl
DCC = 1 ,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
PyBop = benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-trispyrrolidinophosphonium
hexafluorophosphate
Pd(dppf)Cl2 = bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium(ll) chloride
Pd(dppf)CI2 DCM complex
Pd tetrakis = Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
Pd (II) EnCat = Pd (II) EnCat™BI NAP 30
LDA = lithium diisopropylamide
mCPBA = meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
MTBE = methyl tert butyl ether
CDMT = 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5-triazine
NMM = N-methyl morphiline
TMS = trimethyl silyl
TPP = triphenyl phosphine
TPPO = triphenyl phosphine oxide
DME = dimethyl ether
I PA = isopropanol
Et20 = diethyl ether
LiHMDS = lithium hexamethyldisilazide/ lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
9-BBN = 9-Borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane
sat. = saturated
MeTHF = 2-methyltetrahydrofuran PREPARATION OF STARTING MATERIALS
Preparation 1
Preparation 1A (+/-)-Ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate and individual enantiomers (R) and (S). -(methylsulfonyl)propanoate
Figure imgf000028_0001
Sodium methyl sulfinate (103 g, 937 mmol) was combined with the ethyl 2- chloropropionate (109 g, 892 mmol) in ethanol (350 mL) in a 500 mL one neck round bottom flask. The reaction was warmed to 77°C for 20 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature. Solids were removed by filtration through celite, and the filter pad was washed with ethanol and the combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was suspended in diethyl ether (250 mL), and solids were removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (51 g, 73%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.32 (t, J=7.05 Hz, 3 H) 1 .67 (d, J=7.47 Hz, 3 H) 3.05 (s, 3 H) 3.83 - 3.92 (m, 1 H) 4.18 - 4.37 (m, 2 H).
Step B) (+/-)-Ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 2.33 g, 58.3 mmol) was washed with hexane (2x10 mL) in a 100 mL two neck round bottom flask under nitrogen then suspended in DMF (30 mL). The suspension was treated dropwise with ethyl 2- (methylsulfonyl)propanoate (10.0 g, 55.49 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The mixture was stirred 30 min at RT, cooled to 0°C, and treated dropwise with 1 ,2-dibromoethane (5.17 mL, 58.8). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature while stirring overnight. The mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) and the mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (4x50 mL). Combined organics were washed with 50% saturated sodium chloride (4x50 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Crude material was chromatographed over silica gel (350 g, 230-400 mesh) eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/hexane to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil (7.9 g, 50%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.33 (t, J=7.05 Hz, 3 H) 1.64 (s, 3 H) 2.49 - 2.59 (m, 1 H) 2.78 (ddd, J=13.89, 10.16, 6.64 Hz, 1 H) 3.05 (s, 3 H) 3.33 - 3.41 (m, 1 H) 3.46 - 3.54 (m, 1 H) 4.22 - 4.37 (m, 2 H).
Step C) Chiral separation of (+/-)-Ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Crude (+/-)-ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (1.82 kg) was purified via flash chromatography using an LP-600 column and toluene as the eluant to afford pure (+/-)-ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (1.63 kg). The purified material was dissolved in ethanol (75 g/L) and resolved via chiral multi-column chromatography (condition listed in Table 1 ) on MCC-2 to afford enantiomer 1 (738.4 g, rt = 4.719 min, [a]58920 = +14.1°) at 99% enantiomeric purity and enatiomer #2 (763.8 g, rt = 4.040 min) at 95% enantiomeric purity. Purity of the enantiomers was determined via chiral HPLC, 4.6x250 mm Chiralpak AD, 10μ column, 215 nm wavelength, mobile phase: ethanol, isocratic elution at 1 ml_/min at ambient temperature.
Table 1 :
Figure imgf000029_0001
Enantiomer 1 was determined to be Ethyl (2R)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate. Preparation 1 B
Benzyl (+/-)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate and individual enantiomers (R) and (S) Step A) Benzyl 2-chloropropanoate
Benzyl alcohol (242 ml_, 253 g, 2.34 mol) and pyridine (204 ml_, 204 g, 2.57 mol) were dissolved in methylene chloride (2.5 L) and cooled to 0°C. 2-Chloropropanoyl chloride (250 ml_, 327 g, 2.57 mol) was added dropwise keeping the temperature between 0°C and 5°C. After addition the mixture was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The mixture was washed with 20% aqueous citric acid (2.5 L), saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 (2.5 L), brine (2.5 L), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting brown liquid (450 g) was dissolved in a small amount of methylene chloride and filtered through a short path of silica gel. After concentration, the crude was purified via bulb-to- bulb distillation (2*10-2 mbar, 90-95°C) affording the title compound as a pale yellow liquid (420 g, 90%). 1H-NMR: (CDCI3, 300 MHz): δ ppm 1.75 (d, 3H, CH3), 4.45 (q, 1 H, CHCI), 5.25 (s, 2H, CH2Ar), 7.40 (m, 5H, ArH).
Step B) Benzyl 2-(methylsulfonyl)propanoate
Benzyl 2-chloropropanoate was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for ethyl 2-(methylsulfonyl)propanoate in Preparation 1A. The title compound was obtained as a yellow liquid (389 g, 70%). 1H-NMR: (CDCI3, 300 MHz): δ ppm 1.65 (dt, 3H, CHCH3), 3.00 (s, 3H, S02CH3), 3.95 (q, 1 H, CH), 5.25 (m, 2H, C02CH2Ar), 7.40 (m, 5H, ArH).
Step C) Benzyl (+/-)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Benzyl 2-(methylsulfonyl)propanoate was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for ethyl (+/-)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate in Preparation 1A. The title compound was obtained as a pale yellow liquid (300 g, 58%). 1 H-NMR: (CDCI3, 300 MHz): δ ppm 1 .70 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.60 (m, 1 H, CH2CH2Br), 2.80 (m, 1 H, CH2CH2Br), 3.00 (s, 3H, S02CH3), 3.35 (m, 1 H, CH2CH2Br), 3.50 (m, 1 H, CH2CH2Br), 5.30 (m, 2H, C02CH2Ar), 7.40 (m, 5H, ArH) Chiral separation of Benzyl (+/-)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Figure imgf000031_0001
(2)
Benzyl (+/-)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (275g) was dissolved in isopropanol/acetonitrile (900ml_) and resolved using an Analytical SFC-4 instrument, AS-H column (30x250), a C02/Propanol (90/10) mobile phase, with a flow rate of 120g/min to afford enantiomer 1 (98 g, rt = 3.09 min, [a]58920 = -13.9°) at 99.94% enantiomeric purity and enatiomer 2 (101.5 g, rt = 4.18 min, [ajseg20 = +1 1.61°) at 97.77% enantiomeric purity.
(S)-benzyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .65 (s, 3 H) 2.48 - 2.60 (m, 1 H) 2.74 -
2.86 (m, 1 H) 2.95 (s, 3 H) 3.25 - 3.37 (m, 1 H) 3.40 - 3.52 (m, 1 H) 5.16 - 5.31 (m, 2 H) 7.31 - 7.40 (m, 5 H)
Figure imgf000031_0002
(R)-benzyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .67 (s, 3 H) 2.51 - 2.61 (m, 1 H) 2.75 -
2.87 (m, 1 H) 2.97 (s, 3 H) 3.28 - 3.37 (m, 1 H) 3.40 - 3.60 (m, 1 H) 5.15 - 5.36 (m, 2 H) 7.30 - 7.48 (m, 5 H)
Figure imgf000031_0003
Preparation 2
Scheme 2 below illustrates the preparation of 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl- 2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide and its corresponding R- enantiomer. The reaction sequence in Preparation 2B, is the same with the exception that benzyl (2R)-4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate is used as a starting material in order to arrive at the desired enantiomer.
Figure imgf000032_0001
Preparation 2A
Synthesis of Compound VI (T3): 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a mixture of
diastereoisomers.
Figure imgf000032_0002
Step A) 4-iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one (compound III)
2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine (2.21 kg, 9.91 mol) was suspended in a mixture of acetic acid (7 L) and H20 (3.5 L) with mechanical stirring. The mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature the solid was filtered off and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was stirred in Et20 (3 L), the title compound (1.72 kg, 7.78 mol) was collected by filtration as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR: (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz): δ 6.50 (d, 1 H), 6.85 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (d, 1 H), 1 1.80 (s, 1 H)
Step B) Compound IV(T1 ): ethyl 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (A=Et) To a mixure of 4-iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one (3.9 g, 18 mmol), which may be produced in Step A above, and cesium carbonate (1 1.9 g, 35.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (176 mL) at ambient temperature was added ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (6.08 g, 21.2 mmol)( Compound II). The mixture was heated to 50°C and stirred overnight. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with methylene chloride and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil was purified via silica gel chromatography, eluting with heptanes/ethyl acetate. The desired fractions were isolated, the solvent removed via rotary evaporation ethyl 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate as a solid. 4.73 g. LCMS: (M+1 ) 428.2
Step C) Compound (V)T2: 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
To a solution of ethyl 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (3.26 g, 7.63 mmol), which may be produced as in Step B above, in tetrahydrofuran/methanol (4: 1 , 60 mL) at ambient temperature was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.9 M in water, 15.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was acidified with aqueous hydrochloric acid (1 N, 16 mL) and extracted three times with methylene chloride. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid as a solid. 3.05 g.
LCMS: (M+1 ) 400.1 Step D) Compound (VI) T3: 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide To a solution of 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (3.01 g, 7.54 mmol), which may be produced as in Step C above, in methylene chloride (75 mL) at ambient temperature was added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2.02 g, 10.6 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole monohydrate (2.08 g, 13.6 mmol), triethyl amine (1.89 mL, 13.6 mmol) and O- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-hydroxylamine (1.33 g, 1 1.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with methylene chloride and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous extracted with methylene chloride two times. The organic extracts were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a crude residue. The crude residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with methylene chloride and methanol. The fractions containing desired product were combined and concentrated to afford 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a solid. 3.62 g LCMS: (M-1 ) 497
Preparation 2B
Synthesis of T6: (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000034_0001
Step A) T4: Benzyl (2RV4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
To a mixure of 4-iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one which may be produced as in Step A of Preparation 2A (32.9 g, 149 mmol) and cesium carbonate (102 g, 312 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (400 mL) at ambient temperature was added benzyl (2R)-4-bromo-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (62.3 g, 178.4 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60°C and stirred overnight. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate (500 mL), the filtrates combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford an orange oil. The crude oil was purified via filtration through a silica gel pad, eluting with heptanes/ethyl acetate. The desired fractions were isolated and the solvent was removed via rotary evaporation affording benzyl (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate as a white solid. 44.91 g.
1NMR (CDCI3): 7.39-7.36 (5H, m), 7.03 (1 H, d, J=1.76 Hz), 6.77 (1 H, d, J= 7.03 Hz), 6.41 (1 H, dd, J=1.76 Hz, J=7.03 Hz), 5.21 (2H, d, J=1.56 Hz), 4.19-4.12 (1 H, m), 3.82- 3.75 (1 H, m), 2.97 (3H, s), 2.47-2.42 (2H, m), 1.73 (3H, s) ppm. Step B) T5: (2RV4-(4-iodo-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
To a solution of benzyl (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (44.91 g, 91.7 mmol), which may be produced as in Step A above, in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) and methanol (300 mL) at ambient temperature was added potassium hydroxide (3.76 M in water, 564 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed via via rotary evaporation and the residue was dissolved in water. The aqueous layer was washed with diethyl ether and then acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid (~pH 2) which afforded a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected via filtration, washed with water and dried in vacuo to a constant weight affording (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid as a white solid. 33.2 g. LCMS: (M+1 ) 400.4 1NMR (CD3OD): 7.34 (1 H, d, J= 7.23), 7.03 (1 H, d, J=1.76), 6.69 (1 H, dd, J=1 .95, J=7.23), 4.24-4.16 (1 H, m), 4.05-3.98 (1 H, m), 3.14 (3H, s), 2.57-2.50 (1 H, m), 2.35-2.28 (1 H, m), 1 .68 (3H, s) ppm.
Step C) T6: (2RV4-(4-iodo-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-N-
(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide.
To a solution of (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid, which may be produced as in Step B above, (33.18 g,
83.12 mmol) in methylene chloride (400 mL) at ambient temperature was added 1-ethyl- 3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (22.3 g, 1 16 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole monohydrate (22.9 g, 150 mmol), triethyl amine (20.9 mL, 150 mmol) and 0-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-hydroxylamine (14.6 g, 125 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with methylene chloride and water. The phases separated and the aqueous extracted with methylene chloride two times. The organic extracts were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a crude residue. The crude residue was dissolved in methylene chloride (-150 mL) with minimal methanol. To this solution was added heptanes (450 mL) and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to 150 mL and filtered. The solid was washed with heptanes and dried in vacuo to give (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide. 26.1 g LCMS: (M-1 ) 497.6 Preparation 3
Synthesis of T8: (2R)-4-(4-(5,5-dimethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborinan-2-yl>2-oxopyridin-1 (2H vIV 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000036_0001
Step A) T7: (RV4-(4-(5,5-dimethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-vn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVvn-
2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
Neopentyl diboron (9.4 g, 28 mmol), KOAc (7.1 g, 69 mmol, 3 eq.) and Pd(dppf)CI2 (532 mg, 0.69 mmol, 0.03 eq.) was added into a 200 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a 120 mL addition funnel. The product of Step B of Preparation 2B, (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid T5 (9.2 g, 23 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was added into the addition funnel. The system was purged with nitrogen/vacuum and kept under nitrogen. Degassed DMSO (45 mL) was added into the addition funnel. The system was again purged with N2 for 5 mins. The T5 solution was added to the reaction mixture over 2 mins at room temperature then heated to 80°C and maintained at that temperature for a further hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and poured into 100 mL water. Mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with 6 N HCI and refrigerated for 30 min. A dark solid formed and was collected via filtration and dried under high vacuum over P2Os for 3 days to yield 13 g of solid product. The solid was suspended in 100 mL MeOH, 16 g silica gel was added and mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The preabsorbed material was packed into a cartridge, loaded onto an 80 g silica gel column and purified using 0 to 20% MeOH in DCM (product eluted out at -8% MeOH) in 45 min at 60 mL/min flow rate. The desired fractions were concentrated to furnish 6.3 g off white solid (71 %). LCMS m/z 318.0 (M - neopentyl + H), 396.1 (M - neopentyl + DMSO + H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.93 (s, 6 H) 1.54 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (ddd, J=13.04, 10.69, 4.79 Hz, 1 H) 2.38 (ddd, J=13.18, 10.45, 5.86 Hz, 1 H) 3.16 (s, 3 H) 3.73 (s, 4 H) 3.77 - 3.92 (m, 1 H) 4.05 (ddd, J=12.40, 10.74, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.33 (dd, J=6.74, 1.27 Hz, 1 H) 6.62 (s, 1 H) 7.59 (d, J=6.84 Hz, 1 H) 13.87 (br. s., 1 H). Step B) T8: (2R)-4-(4-(5,5-dimethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2- yloxyQbutanamide
To a suspension of the product of Step A above, T 7, (5.0 g, 13 mmol) in 200 ml. THF was added N-methyl morpholine (2.0 g, 20 mmol) and 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5- triazine (2.6 g, 14 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. 0-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl-hydroxylamine was added to the resulting mixture and was stirred at RT for 3 hrs. The solids were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to low volume -20 ml_, 20 ml. EtOAc was added to the liquid and the resulting mixture was kept in refrigerator for 20 h. The resulting white solid was collected via filtration and dried to furnish 2.82 g of the title compound. LCMS m/z 341.71 (M - neopentyl + H).
Preparation 4
4-(4-bromo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran- 2-yloxy)butanamide (Mixture of diastereoisomers)
Figure imgf000037_0001
T9; 4-(4-bromo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide.
The title compound was made via a method analogous to the preparation of T3 in Preparation 2A, Step D, except that 4-bromopyridin-2(1 H)-one was used instead of 4- iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one with comparable yields.
m/z+ was 367
Example 1
(2RVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r4-(1 H-pyrazol-1- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000038_0001
A) i-r4-(4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl1-1 H-pyrazole
1-(4-bromophenyl)-1 H-pyrazole (0.34 g, 1.5 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.53 g, 2.1 mmol) and potassium acetate (446mg,4.5mmol) were combined in a 4 dram vial in 10ml_ dioxane. The reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen for 10 minutes then Pd(dppf)CI2 (1 10mg, 0.15mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 100°C overnight. The reaction was diluted with 20ml_ of EtOAc and 20ml_ of 1 : 1 saturated sodium bicarbonate / water. The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was back-extracted once with 10ml_ of EtOAc. The organic layers were combined, dried over solid magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was puified by eluting the material through a short pad of silica gel with EtOAc to provide a dark solid (0.42 g, 100 %). MS (LCMS) m/z 271.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz,
CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.35 (s, 12 H) 6.46 (dd, J=2.54, 1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.72 (m, 2 H) 7.72 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 - 7.90 (m, 2 H) 7.96 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H). Step B) (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Trisdibenzylidine dipalladium (29 mg, 0.049 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (343 mg, 2.46 mmol), 1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenyl]-1 H-pyrazole (133 mg, 0.49 mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)- 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (245 mg, 0.49 mmol), which may be synthesized as described in Preparation 2B in 1 ,2- dimethoxyethane-methanol (5.0 ml_, 1 :1 ). The reaction was heated to 80 °C and allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 ml_), filtered through a pad of Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (1 :0 - 9:1 ethyl acetate/methanol) to provide a colorless residue (58mg, 23%). MS (LCMS) m/z 513.7 (M-1 ).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(1 H-pyrazol-1- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide A solution of hydrochloric acid (3.0 ml_, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added dropwise to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(1 H-pyrazol-1 - yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (58 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) in dichloromethane (3.0 ml.) and methanol (0.6 ml.) at 0 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether, filtered, washed with heptane, and dried under reduced pressure to provide a light yellow solid (47 mg, 98%). MS (APCI) m/z 431.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.71 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.43 (m, 1 H), 2.59-2.68 (m, 1 H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.05 (m 1 H), 4.30-4.40 (m, 1 H), 6.56 (dd, J = 1.8, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.93-6.95 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.82-7.92 (m, 5H), 8.31 (d, J = 2.3, 1 H).
Example 2
(2RVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r(EV2-phenylvinyllpyridin-1 (2HV yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000039_0001
Step A) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-{2-oxo-4-r(EV2-phenylvinyllpyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Pd EnCatjM (133 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.1 equiv), was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (166 mg, 1.2 mmol, 3.0 equiv), [(E)-2-phenylvinyl]boronic acid (65 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.1 equiv), and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (200 mg, 0.40 mmol), which may be synthesized as described Preparation 2B, in 2:1 1 ,4-dioxane-water (3.6 ml_). The reaction was heated to 80°C and allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 ml_), filtered through a pad of Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography ((1 :1 - 0: 1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a white residue (90 mg, 47%). MS (LCMS) m/z 473.7 (M-1 ). Step B) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r(E)-2- phenylvinyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide A solution of hydrochloric acid (2.5 mL, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[(E)-2-phenylvinyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (40 mg, 0.084mmol) in 5:1 dichloromethane- methanol (2.5 mL) at 0°C. After 4 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with 1 :1 pentane-diethyl ether, filtered, washed with pentane and dried under reduced pressure to provide a light yellow solid (33 mg, 76%). MS (LCMS) m/z 391.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.69 (s, 3 H) 2.30 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 2.56 - 2.69 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.93 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 4.32 (td, J=1 1.76, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.75 (s, 1 H) 7.00 (d, J=6.24 Hz, 1 H) 7.1 1 (d, J=16.39 Hz, 1 H) 7.30 - 7.42 (m, 3 H) 7.47 (d, J=16.39 Hz, 1 H) 7.62 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 2 H) 7.75 (s, 1 H)
Example 3
(2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-r2-oxo-4-(2-phenylethyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-
(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000040_0001
Step A) (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(2-phenylethvnpyridin-1 (2HV vH-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Palladium (20 mg, 5% on activated carbon) was added to a nitrogen-purged solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[(E)-2-phenylvinyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (50 mg, 0.10 mmol), which may be produced as in Example 2, Step A, and 1 ,4-cyclohexadiene (0.20 mL, 2.1 mmol, 20.0 equiv) in ethanol (2 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was allowed to stir for 3 days. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica, washed with ethyl acetate, and the resulting filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography ((1 :1 - 0:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a colorless oil (14 mg, 28%). MS (LCMS) m/z 475.7 (M-1 ).
Step B) (2RVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(2- phenylethyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yllbutanamide A solution of hydrochloric acid (1.0 mL, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(2-phenylethyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (14 mg, 0.029 mmol) in 5: 1 dichloromethane- methanol (1.2 mL) at 0 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with 1 :1 pentane-dichloromethane, filtered, washed with pentane, and dried under reduced pressure to provide a light pink solid (8 mg, 70%). MS (APCI) m/z 393.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.51 (s, 3 H) 2.00 - 2.14 (m, 1 H) 2.24 - 2.36 (m, 1 H) 2.63 - 2.74 (m, 2 H) 2.78 - 2.88 (m, 2 H) 3.06 (s, 3 H) 3.58 - 3.73 (m, 1 H) 3.94 - 4.08 (m, 1 H) 6.16 - 6.26 (m, 2 H) 7.1 1 - 7.32 (m, 5 H) 7.55 (d, J=7.41 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.14 (br s, 1 H).
Example 4
(+/-)-4-r4-{4-r3-(4,4-Difluoropiperidin-1 -yl)propoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N- hvdroxy- -methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000041_0001
Step A) 1-bromo-4-(3-bromopropoxy)benzene
A suspension of 4-bromophenol (10.0 g, 58 mmol), 1 ,3-dibromopropane (14.0 g, 69.4 mmol) and potassium carbonate (16.0 g, 1 16 mmol) in DMF/THF (1 :1 , 200 mL) was heated to 60°C over night. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ether (2 x 200 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with water (4 x 200 mL) and brine (2 x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and
concentrated. Upon concentration a white solid precipitated, the solid was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography on an Anaolgix SF65-200g column (hexanes / ethyl acetate 95:5) to afford the title compound as clear oil (6.28 g, 37 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.24 - 2.42 (m, 2 H) 3.50 - 3.64 (m, 2 H) 4.08 (t, J=5.66 Hz, 2 H) 6.74 - 6.86 (m, 2 H) 6.75 - 6.84 (m, 2 H). Step B) 1-r3-(4-bromophenoxy)propyll-4,4-difluoropiperidine A suspension of 1-bromo-4-(3-bromopropoxy)benzene (1.85 g, 6.29 mmol), 4,4- difluoropiperidine hydrochloride (1.0 g, 6.34 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.17 g, 15.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was heated to 60°C overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ether and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The layers were separated; the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine. The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on an analogix SF40-80g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 7:3) afforded the title compound as a clear oil (1.07 g, 50 %). LCMS m/z 334.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.90 - 2.08 (m, 6 H) 2.47 - 2.64 (m, 6 H) 3.99 (t, J=6.34 Hz, 2 H) 6.75 - 6.81 (m, 2 H) 7.34 - 7.40 (m, 2 H).
Step C) 4-r4-{4-r3-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)propoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide Potassium acetate (1.26 g, 12.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1-[3-(4- bromophenoxy)propyl]-4,4-difluoropiperidine (1 .07 g, 3.20 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). After 10 minutes, bis(pinacolato)diborane (1 .220 g, 4.80 mmol) and dichloro 1 , 1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (I I) (261 mg, 0.32 mmol) were added. The resulting suspension was heated to 100°C. After 1 hour the reaction was concentrated and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2x50mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 ,4- dioxane (20 mL). Potassium carbonate (553 mg, 1.00 mmol), (+/-)-4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A (500 mg, 1 .00 mmol) were added, followed by water (2.0 mL). A clear solution resulted, Pd EnCat™ (513 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated overnight at 80°C. After 16 hours the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated the residue was triturated at room temperature for 1 hour in ethyl acetate/DCM 1 : 1 and filtered through celite. The filtrate was dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on an Analogix SF40-80g column (DCM/MeOH 98:2 - 95:5) afforded the title compound as clear oil (213 mg, 34 %). LCMS m/z 627.0/542.8 (M+1 )
Step D) (+/-)-4-[4-{4-[3-(4i4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)propoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-
1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide hydrochloride
HCI (4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane, 1.0 mL) was added to a solution of 4-[4-{4-[3-(4,4- difluoropiperidin-1-yl)propoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (209 mg, 0.334 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (1 :1 , 5 mL). After 10 minutes the reaction was concentrated to give a white solid, the solid was triturated with 2-propanol at 50°C for 1 h. The title compound was isolated by filtration as a white solid (146 mg, the hydrochloride salt, 75 %). LCMS m/z 542.8 (M+1 )1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.22 (br. s., 3 H) 2.38 (br. s., 5 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.13 - 3.26 (m, 2 H) 3.31 (br. s., 2 H) 3.74 (br. s., 3 H) 4.14 (t, J=5.76 Hz, 3 H) 6.59 - 6.72 (m, 2 H) 7.05 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2 H) 7.63 - 7.79 (m, 3 H) 1 1.03 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .18 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 5
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-[4-(cis-3-hvdroxycvclobutyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000044_0001
Step A) Cis-3-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyllcvclobutanol
A solution of cis-3-(4-bromophenyl)cyclobutanol (0.500 g, 2.20 mmol),
bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.671 g, 2.64 mmol), potassium acetate (0.864 g, 8.81 mmol) and palladium dppf (89.9 mg, 0.1 10 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated to reflux. After 2 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated the resulting residue was partitioned between ether and water, an emulsion was removed by filtration. The layers were separated; the organic layer was washed with water (2X) then brine (1 x). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 25g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 8:2) afforded the title compound (430 mg) as a clear oil contaminated with 10% cis-3-(4-bromophenyl)cyclobutanol. Step B) (2RV4-f4-r4-(cis-3-hvdroxycvclobutvnDhenyll-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyl>-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Water (1.0mL) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (388 mg, 2.81 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (700 mg, 1.40 mmol), and cis-3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenyl]cyclobutanol (385 mg, 1.40 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL). A clear solution resulted. Pd EnCat™ (380 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated to 100°C. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through celite eluting with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X). The organic layers were combined, dried
(Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on an Analogix SF25-40 g (hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 - 05:95) afforded the title compound as a solid (625 mg, 86 %). LCMS m/z 519.2/435.2 (M+1 ).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(cis-3-hvdroxycvclobutyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide HCI (1.0 N in water, 3.58 mL) was added to a solution of (2R)-4-{4-[4-(cis-3- hydroxycyclobutyl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (620 mg, 1.20 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL). After 2 hours the reaction was concentrated to give a brown solid. The solid was triturated with ethanol at 50 °C, for 30 minutes. After cooling, filtration afforded the title compound as a white solid (384 mg, 74 %). LCMS m/z 435.6 (M+1 ). 1 H NMR (400
MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 1 .83 - 1.98 (m, 2 H) 2.1 1 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.44 (d, J=17.95 Hz, 1 H) 2.54 - 2.69 (m, 2 H) 2.83 - 3.00 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.65 - 3.84 (m, 1 H) 3.98 - 4.18 (m, 2 H) 6.65 (dd, J=7.02, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.69 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.71 (m, 2 H) 7.74 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.17 (br. s., 1 H) Example 6
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(trans-3-hvdroxycvclobutyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000046_0001
Step A) Trans-3-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- vDphenyllcyclobutanol
A solution of trans-3-(4-bromophenyl)cyclobutanol (0.500 g, 2.20 mmol),
bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.671 g, 2.64 mmol), potassium acetate (0.864 g, 8.81 mmol) and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium (II) dcm complex (89.9 mg, 01 10 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 ml.) was heated to reflux overnight. After 16 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, the resulting residue was
partitioned between ether and water, and an emulsion was removed by filtration. The layers in the filtrate were separated; the organic layer was washed with water (2X) then brine (1x). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated.
Purification on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 25g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 8:2) afforded the title compound as a clear oil (508 mg, 84 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .35 (s, 12 H) 2.35 - 2.62 (m, 4 H) 3.54 - 3.71 (m, 1 H) 4.49 - 4.62 (m, 1 H) 7.23 - 7.29 (m, 3 H) 7.74 - 7.80 (m, 2 H).
Step B) (2R)-4-{4-r4-(trans-3-hvdroxycvclobutyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Water (1.0) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (499 mg, 3.61 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (900 mg, 1.81 mmol), and trans-3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenyl]cyclobutanol (495 mg, 1.81 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 ml_). A clear solution resulted. Pd EnCat™ (482 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated to 100°C. After 2hrs the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through celite eluting with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate concentrated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification on an Analogix SF25-40 g (hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 -
05:95) afforded the title compound as a solid (383 mg, 40 %). LCMS m/z 517.8 (M-1 ).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-[4-(trans-3-hvdroxycvclobutyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide HCI (1.0 N in water, 2.17 mL) was added to a solution of (2R)-4-{4-[4-(trans-3- hydroxycyclobutyl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (375 mg, 0.723 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 mL). After 1 hour, the reaction was concentrated to give a brown solid. The solid was triturated with 2-propanol at 50 °C, for 30 minutes. After cooling, filtration afforded the title compound as a white solid (187 mg, 60 %).LCMS m/z 435.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.26 - 2.38 (m, 4 H) 2.38 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.42 - 3.60 (m, 1 H) 3.74 (td, J=12.00, 4.68 Hz, 1 H) 4.00 - 4.21 (m, 1 H) 4.25 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 6.58 - 6.72 (m, 2 H) 7.36 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 2 H) 7.61 - 7.71 (m, 2 H) 7.74 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 1 1 .17 (br. s., 1 H) Example 7
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)oxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Step A) 8-(4-bromophenoxy)-1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5ldecane
1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-oief 1 (3.6 g, 20.8 mmol) was added to a solution of 4- bromophenol (3.00 g, 18.96 mmol) in THF (20 mL). Triphenylphosphine (4.96 g, 18.9 mmol) and triethylamine (1.92 g, 18.9 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was cooled to 0°C and DIAD (3.83 g, 18.9 mmol) was added by dropwise addition. The reaction was maintained at 0°C for 30 minutes then warmed to room temperature and stirred over night. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 1 N NaOH (2 x 100 mL), then water (2x100 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on an Analogix SF40-150 g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate 8:2) afforded the title compound as a white waxy solid (2.83 g, 47%).1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.58 - 1.69 (m, 2 H) 1.85 - 1.98 (m, 6 H) 3.92 - 4.02 (m, 4 H) 4.33 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 6.76 - 6.84 (m, 2 H) 7.33 - 7.40 (m, 2 H)
Ref 1 : Journal of Organic Chemistry, 71 (22), 8424-8430; 2006
Step B) 4-(4-bromophenoxy)cvclohexanone
1 N HCI (aq) (45 mL) was added to a solution of 8-(4-bromophenoxy)-1 ,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decane (2.8 g, 8.94 mmol) in THF (100 mL). The reaction was heated to 50°C. After 1 hour the reaction was cooled to room temperature and neutralized by addition of solid sodium bicarbonate. The reaction was extracted with ether (1X), the resulting organic layer was washed with water, dried (Na2S04), filtered and
concentrated. Purification on a Biotage SNAP cartridge KP Sil 100g (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 9:1 ) afforded the title compound as a white solid (2.09 g, 87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.02 - 2.13 (m, 2 H) 2.21 - 2.41 (m, 4 H) 2.61 - 2.74 (m, 2 H) 4.62 - 4.71 (m, 1 H) 6.81 - 6.89 (m, 2 H) 7.37 - 7.44 (m, 2 H)
Step C) 4-(4-bromophenoxy)cvclohexanol
Sodium borohydride (77.3 mg, 2.04 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-(4- bromophenoxy)cyclohexanone (500 mg, 1.86 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) at room temperature. After 20 minutes the reaction was cooled to 0°C and quenched by the addition of 1 N HCI (aq). The reaction was concentrated and the resulting residue was partitioned between ether and 1 N HCI (aq). The layers were separated, the organic layer was washed with water then dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated.
Purification on an Analogix SF15-12g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 8:2) afforded the title compound as a white solid (360 mg, 72 %). Step D) 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxylcvclohexanol A solution of 4-(4-bromophenoxy)cyclohexanol (345 mg, 1 .27 mmol), bis(pinacolato) diborane (0.388 g, 1.53 mmol), potassium acetate (0.499 g, 5.09 mmol) and palladium dppf (52.3 mg, 0.064 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) was heated to reflux. After 2 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, the resulting residue was
partitioned between ether and water, and an emulsion was removed by filtration. The layers in the filtrate were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (2X) then brine (1X). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification on an Analogix SF15-12g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 8:2) afforded the title compound as a white solid (400 mg, 99%). LCMS m/z 319.6/301 .6 (M+1 ).
Step E ) (2R)-4-r4-{4-r(4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)oxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Water (1.0) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (352 mg, 2.55 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide, which may be produced as in preparation 2B (634 mg, 1.27 mmol), and 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]cyclohexanol (405 mg, 1 .27 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 ml_). A clear solution resulted. Pd EnCat™ (344 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated to 80°C.
After 2 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml.) and filtered through celite eluting with ethyl acetate (50 ml_). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated.
Purification by flash column chromatography on an Analogix SF25-40 g (hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 - 05:95) afforded the title compound as solid (444 mg, 62 %). LCMS m/z 563.8/479.7 (M+1 )
Step F) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)oxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
HCI (1.0 N in water, 2.37 ml.) was added to a solution of the (2R)-4-[4-{4-[(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)oxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (444 mg, 0.789 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 ml_). After 1 hour the reaction was concentrated to give a brown solid. The solid was triturated with ethanol at 50 °C, for 30 minutes. After cooling, filtration afforded the title compound as a white solid (203 mg, 54 %).LCMS m/z 479.7 (M+1 ) Example 8
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(cis-4-hvdro
yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Step A) Ethyl 4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexanecarboxylate
Pyridinium-4-toluenesulfonate (2.57 g, 10.2 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 4- hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate (8.8 g, 51 .10 mmol) and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (8.60 g, 102 mmol) in DCM (200 mL). After 16 hours the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water. The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography on an Analogix SF65-200g column (hexanes / ethyl acetate 95:05 - 9:1 ) afforded the title compound (clear oil) as a mixture of isomers (1 1.1 g, 85 %).
Figure imgf000050_0001
Step B) (+/-)-[cis-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol and (+/-)- [trans-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol
Sodium borohydride (3.69 g, 97.5 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexanecarboxylate (2.50 g, 9.75 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature as the ice bath expired. After 2 days the reaction was cooled to 0 °C and quenched by addition of 1 N HCI until the effervescence ceased( pH 5-6). The reaction was concentrated and the resulting residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (1X). The organic layers were combined, dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. Purification on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 100g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 9:1 - 6:4) afforded the cis and trans cyclohexylmethanols as clear oils. (+/-)-rcis-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol (387 mg, 18 %)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .30 - 1 .65 (m, 12 H) 1.64 - 1 .76 (m, 1 H) 1.76 - 1.94 (m, 3 H) 3.33 - 3.64 (m, 3 H) 3.80 - 4.01 (m, 2 H) 4.59 - 4.75 (m, 1 H).
(+/-)-[trans-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethanol 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.86 - 1 .1 1 (m, 2 H) 1.16 - 1.31 (m, 1 H) 1.31 - 1.64 (m, 7 H) 1.64 - 1.77 (m, 1 H) 1.78 - 1.93 (m, 3 H) 1.99 - 2.14 (m, 2 H) 3.35 - 3.67 (m, 4 H) 3.80 - 4.04 (m, 1 H) 4.63 - 4.79 (m, 1 H).
Step C) (+/-)-2-({cis-4-r(4-bromophenoxy)methyllcvclohexyl}oxy)tetrahvdro-2H- pyran 4-Bromophenol (0.344 g, 2.0 mmol) was added to a solution of (+/-)-[cis-4-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methanol (0.387 g, 1 .81 mmol) in THF (10 mL).
Triphenylphosphine (0.474 g, 1 .81 mmol) and triethylamine (0.183 g, 1.81 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C and DIAD (0.365 g, 1.81 mmol) was added by dropwise addition. After 18 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of water and extracted with ether (2x100 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 1 N NaOH (2 x 100 mL) then water (2x100 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to give a clear oil. Purification by flash column chromatography on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 100g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate 9:1 ) afforded the title compound as a white solid (324 mg, 48 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 - 1.75 (m, 1 1 H) 1 .75 - 1.98 (m, 4 H) 3.39 - 3.54 (m, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.80 (m, 2 H) 3.83 - 3.97 (m, 2 H) 4.55 - 4.69 (m, 1 H) 6.66 - 6.82 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.42 (m, 2 H).
Step D) (+/-V2-r(cis-4-fr4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- vQphenoxylmethyl} cvclohexyl)oxyltetrahvdro-2H-pyran A solution of (+/-)-2-({cis-4-[(4-bromophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H- pyran (0.3 g, 0.812 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.247 g, 0.974 mmol), potassium acetate (0.319 g, 3.25 mmol) and [1 ,1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (II) dcm complex (33.5 mg, 0.041 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) was heated to reflux. After 28 hours the reaction was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between ether and water, an emulsion was removed by filtration. The layers in the filtrate were separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2X) then brine (1x). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 10 g column (hexanes / ethyl acetate 95:5) afforded the title compound as a white solid (190 mg, 56 %).1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .30 - 1.38 (m, 12 H) 1 .39 - 1.78 (m, 1 1 H) 1 .78 - 1 .97 (m, 4 H) 3.44 - 3.56 (m, 1 H) 3.84 (dd, J=6.74, 1 .66 Hz, 2 H) 3.88 - 4.00 (m, 2 H) 4.61 - 4.75 (m, 1 H) 6.85 - 6.94 (m, 2 H) 7.67 - 7.80 (m, 2 H)
Step E) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-frcis-4-(tetrahvdro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahvdro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Water (1.0) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (1 16 mg, 0.842 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (210.0 mg, 4.21 mmol), and (+/-)-2-[(cis-4-{[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]methyl} cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (175 mg, 4.21 mmol) in 1 ,4- dioxane (10 mL). A clear solution resulted. Pd EnCat™ (1 13 mg, 0.044 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated to 100 °C. After 1 hour the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through celite eluting with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. Purification on an Analogix SF15- 12 g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 1 :9) afforded the title compound as solid (140 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z 659.8 (M-1 ). Step F) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(cis-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
HCI (1.0 N in water, 1.02 mL) was added to a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-{[cis-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide(135 mg, 0.204 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5.0 mL). After 1 hour the reaction was concentrated to give a white solid. The solid was triturated with ethanol at 50°C, for 30 minutes. After cooling, filtration afforded the title compound as a white solid (90 mg, 90 %). LCMS m/z 493.7 (M+1 ).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.38 - 1.70 (m, 12 H) 1 .79 (br. s., 1 H) 2.09 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.42 (ddd, J=13.07, 1 1.12, 4.68 Hz, 1 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.68 - 3.83 (m, 2 H) 3.87 (d, J=6.63 Hz, 2 H) 4.10 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 1 H) 6.55 - 6.75 (m, 2 H) 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 2 H) 7.61 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 1 1 .15 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 9
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-[4-{4-[(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-
1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000053_0001
Step A) (+/-)-2-({trans-4-r(4-bromophenoxy)methyllcvclohexyl}oxy)tetrahvdro-2H- pyran
The title compound (987 mg, 70.3 %) was prepared from (+/-)-[trans-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methanol (815 mg, 3.80 mmol) and 4-bromophenol (0.724 g, 4.18 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (+/-)-2-({cis-4-[(4- bromophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran, Example 8, Step C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.02 - 1.35 (m, 3 H) 1.36 - 1.64 (m, 5 H) 1.66 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 1 .90 - 2.01 (m, 2 H) 2.02 - 2.18 (m, 2 H) 3.51 (dt, J=1 1.02, 5.22 Hz, 1 H) 3.61 (tt, J=10.98, 4.24 Hz, 1 H) 3.68 - 3.78 (m, 2 H) 3.88 - 4.00 (m, 1 H) 4.68 - 4.79 (m, 1 H) 6.71 - 6.82 (m, 2 H) 7.31 - 7.42 (m, 2 H)
Step B) (+/-)2-r(trans-4-fr4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- vDphenoxylmethyl} cvclohexyl)oxyltetrahvdro-2H-pyran
The title compound (624 mg, 61.5 mmol) was prepared from (+/-)-2-({trans-4-[(4- bromophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (900 mg, 2.44 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (742 mg, 2.92 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (+/-)-2-[(cis-4-{[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]methyl} cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran, Example 8, Step D. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.03 - 1.63 (m, 20 H) 1.65 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 1 .90 - 2.01 (m, 2 H) 2.03 - 2.15 (m, 2 H) 3.45 - 3.55 (m, 1 H) 3.55 - 3.67 (m, 1 H) 3.72 - 3.85 (m, 2 H) 3.89 - 3.97 (m, 1 H) 4.70 - 4.79 (m, 1 H) 6.88 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2 H) 7.74 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2 H)
Step C) (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-{rtrans-4-(tetrahvdro-2H- PVran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyllmethoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
The title compound (489 mg, 49.7%) was prepared from (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy]butanamide (742 mg, 1 .49 mmol) and 2-[(trans-4-{[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]methyl} cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (620 mg, 1.49 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4- (4-{[cis-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, Example 8, Step E. LCMS m/z 659.8 (M-1 ).
Step D) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
The title compound (300 mg, 83 %) was prepared from (2R)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-{[trans-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide (480 mg, 0.726 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4-{4-[(cis-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide Example 8, Step F.LCMS m/z 493.7 (M+1 )1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.92 - 1.23 (m, 4 H) 1.54 (s, 3 H) 1.58 - 1.72 (m, 1 H) 1.81 (br. s., 4 H) 2.06 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.41 (s, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.25 - 3.41 (m, 1 H) 3.74 (br. s., 1 H) 3.80 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 2 H) 3.98 - 4.17 (m, 1 H) 6.48 - 6.71 (m, 2 H) 6.85 - 7.06 (m, 2 H) 7.52 - 7.78 (m, 3 H) 1 1 .15 (s, 1 H) Example 10
(2R)-4-r4-{2-Fluoro-4-r(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000055_0001
Step A) (+/-)-2-({trans-4-[(4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)methyllcvclohexyl}
oxy)tetra h yd ro-2 H - pyra n
The title compound (885 mg, 81.6 %) was prepared from (+/-)-[trans-4-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methanol (600 mg, 2.80 mmol) and 4-bromo-3-flourophenol (588 mg, 3.08 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (+/-)-2-({cis-4-[(4- bromophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran in Example 8, Step C.1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.03 - 1.21 (m, 2 H) 1.21 - 1.36 (m, 1 H) 1.35 - 1.50 (m, 1 H) 1.49 - 1.66 (m, 4 H) 1.65 - 1.99 (m, 5 H) 2.03 - 2.17 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.55 (m, 1 H) 3.60 (tt, J=10.98, 4.24 Hz, 1 H) 3.72 (d, J=6.24 Hz, 2 H) 3.86 - 4.00 (m, 1 H) 4.70 - 4.80 (m, 1 H) 6.59 (ddd, J=8.88, 2.83, 0.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.68 (dd, J=10.54, 2.73 Hz, 1 H) 7.35 - 7.44 (m, 1 H)
Step B) (+/-V2-r(trans-4-fr3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxylmethyl}cvclohexyl)oxyltetrahvdro-2H-pyran
The title compound (366 mg, 37.1 %) was prepared from (+/-)-2-({trans-4-[(4-bromo-3- fluorophenoxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (0.88 g, 2.27 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.692 g, 2.73 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (+/-)-2-[(cis-4-{[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]methyl} cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran in Example 8, Step D.1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.03 - 1.31 (m, 3 H) 1 .35 (s, 12 H) 1.37 - 1 .47 (m, 1 H) 1 .47 - 1.64 (m, 4 H) 1 .65 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 1 .94 (dd, J=13.27, 2.93 Hz, 2 H) 2.04 - 2.15 (m, 2 H) 3.41 - 3.55 (m, 1 H) 3.55 - 3.66 (m, 1 H) 3.76 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 2 H) 3.88 - 3.99 (m, 1 H) 4.70 - 4.78 (m, 1 H) 6.55 (dd, 1 H) 6.67 (dd, J=8.39, 2.34 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 (dd, J=8.29, 7.32 Hz, 1 H) Step C) (2RV4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-{rtrans-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclohexyll methoxy}phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
The title compound (366 mg, 65.5 mmol) was prepared from (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-[(2R)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2^ yloxy]butanamide (0.410 g, 8.23 mmol) and (+/-)-2-[(trans-4-{[3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]methyl}cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (0.358 g, 8.23 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (2R)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-{[cis-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide Example 8, Step E. LCMS m/z 677.8 (M-1 )
Step D) Preparation of (2R)-4-[4-{2-fluoro-4-[(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxyl phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl) butanamide
The title (0.16 g, 62.6 %) compound was prepared from (2R)-4-[4-(2-fluoro-4-{[trans-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (0.35 g, 0.516 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4-{4-[(cis-4- hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide, Example 8, Step F. LCMS m/z 51 1 .7 (M+1 )1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 0.94 - 1.25 (m, 4 H) 1 .57 (s, 3 H) 1 .60 - 1.75 (m, 1 H) 1.83 (br. s., 4 H) 2.08 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.35 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.28 - 3.44 (m, 1 H) 3.65 - 3.80 (m, 1 H) 3.84 (d, J=6.64 Hz, 2 H) 4.01 - 4.22 (m, 1 H) 6.47 (dt, J=7.18, 1.88 Hz, 1 H) 6.53 (s, 1 H) 6.87 (dd, J=8.79, 2.54 Hz, 1 H) 6.94 (dd, J=13.38, 2.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 (t, J=8.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 (d, J=7.23 Hz, 1 H) 9.24 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.15 (s, 1 H) Examples 10A-10N
The following compounds can be prepared by the procedures described in Example 6 through Example 10 where the appropriate alcohol or protected derivative thereof is employed. Methods used to describe the synthesis of the precursor are analogously known to those skilled in the art.
Table 2
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Foot note1"Mass Spec- See Method A as described in Table 5 infra.
Example 1 1
(2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)- vPbutanamide
Figure imgf000059_0002
Step A) Ethyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2HV
vPbutanoate
Ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (25.02 g, 87.1 mmol) was added to a mixture of 4-phenylpyridin-2-ol (12.40 g, 72.43 mmol) and cesium carbonate (49.70 g, 152.5 mmol) in THF (150 mL). The reaction was stirred and heated at 60°C overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (200 mL); the organics were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x150 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to afford a crude solid. The crude was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF65- 400g column and eluted with ethyl acetate in heptane (30-80%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (16.79g , 61.4%). LC-MS m/z 378.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.58 (s, 2 H) 2.41 - 2.62 (m, 2 H) 3.09 (s, 3 H) 3.90 - 4.01 (m, 1 H) 4.20 - 4.32 (m, 3 H) 6.40 - 6.45 (m, 1 H) 6.73 (d, J=1.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.31 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.46 (m, 2 H) 7.50 - 7.55 (m, 2 H).
Step B) (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)
butanoic acid (+/-)-Ethyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoate was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (2R)-4-(4-iodo- 2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid, Preparation 2B, Step B.The title compound was obtained as a white solid (69.83 g, 95.24%). LC-MS m/z 350.5(M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.39 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.17 (s, 3 H) 3.83 - 3.99 (m, 1 H) 4.02 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 6.59 - 6.63 (m, 1 H) 6.66 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.35 - 7.56 (m, 3 H) 7.64 - 7.87 (m, 3 H) 13.87 (br. s., 1 H).
Step C) Chiral spearation to provide (2R)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4- phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoic acid (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoic acid (69.83 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride/ethanol (2 L) and resolved using an Analytical SFC-4 instrument, AS-H column (30x250), a C02/Propanol (85/15) mobile phase with isopropylamine as the modifier, with a flow rate of 128g/min to afford enantiomer 1 (22.5 g, rt = 3.09 min, [a]58920 = +35.96°) at 96.46% enantiomeric purity and enatiomer 2 (26.63 g, rt = 4.18 min) at 98.48% enantiomeric purity. It was determined that enantiomer 2 was the title compound
Step D) Preparation of (2R)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoic acid was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for 4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide Preparation 2 A, Step D, using Ν,Ν-diisopropylethylamine in place of triethylamine. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (5.15 g, 80.24%) LC- MS m/z 449.7(M+1 ). Step E) (2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin- 1 (2H)-vnbutanamide
HCI (4.0 N in 1 ,4-dioxane, 20 mL) was added to a solution of (2R)-2-Methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide (5.15 g, 1 1.5 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (20 mL). The reaction was continued for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, upon concentration a white solid precipitated. The solid was triturated with 2-propanol (150 mL) at 50° C for 30 minutes then collected by filtration. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (3.85 g, 92%) LC-MS m/z 365.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.10 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.69 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.19 (m, 1 H) 6.63 - 6.68 (m, 1 H) 6.70 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.55 (m, 3 H) 7.68 - 7.75 (m, 2 H) 7.77 (d, J=6.83 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.17 (br. s., 1 H).
Figure imgf000061_0001
Example 12
(2RV4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-hvdroxy-3-methylphenylV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2- meth -2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000061_0002
Step A) 2-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)tetrahvdro-2H-pyran
Pyridinium p-toluene sulfonic acid (789mg, 3.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 4- bromo-3-fluorophenol (4.00g, 20.9mmol) and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (3.52g, 41.9mmol) in dichloromethane (105mL, 0.2M). After 2h the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2X). The organic layers were combined, dried
(Na2S04), filtered and concentrated to give a colorless oil. The material was loaded onto a 25g silica guard column and run on a 330g column with 0-5% EtOAc in heptane. Desired material was concentrated down yielding 1900mg (33%) of a clear colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .56 - 1 .77 (m, 3 H) 1.82 - 1.89 (m, 2 H) 1.89 - 2.07 (m, 1 H) 3.62 (m, J=1 1.37, 4.07, 4.07, 1.37 Hz, 1 H) 3.85 (ddd, J=1 1.32, 10.05, 3.02 Hz, 1 H) 5.38 (dd, J=3.12 Hz, 1 H) 6.76 (ddd, J=8.88, 2.73, 1 .07 Hz, 1 H) 6.89 (dd, J=10.34, 2.73 Hz, 1 H) 7.35 - 7.46 (m, 1 H).
Step B) 2-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-2-methylphenoxy)tetrahvdro-2H-pyran
2-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (1200mg, 4.4mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (22ml_, 0.2M) under nitrogen and cooled to -78°C To this was added (600mg, 5.6mmol) lithium diisopropylamide in solution dropwise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at -78°C. Methyl iodide (948mg, 6.5mmol) was then added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 30 min and allowed to warm to RT overnight. The mixture was quenched with water and 10ml_ of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The reaction was extracted with diethyl ether (3x). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to yield 1.17g (93%) of a light yellow mix of solid and oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.57 - 1 .78 (m, 3 H) 1.85 - 1.93 (m, 2 H) 1.95 - 2.08 (m, 1 H) 2.21 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 3 H) 3.61 (m, J=1 1.27, 3.98, 3.98, 1 .46 Hz, 1 H) 3.78 - 3.88 (m, 1 H) 5.41 (t, J=3.12 Hz, 1 H) 6.81 (dd, J=8.98, 1 .37 Hz, 1 H) 7.27 (d, J=16.98 Hz, 1 H) Step C) 2-r3-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)
ph enoxyltetra h yd ro-2 H -pyran
Potassium acetate (810mg, 8.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-(4-bromo-3- fluoro-2-methylphenoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (1 170mg, 4.0mmol) in p-dioxane (41 mL, 0.1 M). After 10 minutes, bis(pinacolato)diborane (1230mg, 4.9mmol) and dichloro 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium (II) (96mg, 0.13mmol) were added. The resulting suspension was heated to 100° C 18h. An additional 100mg of catalyst was added. After another 24h, an additional 100mg of catalyst was added. After another 24h (66h total) the material was filtered through celite, concentrated and loaded onto a 120g silica column (0-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The product was concentrated to yield 677mg (50%) as a golden brown oil. Contains some bis(pinacolato)diborane impurity. Partial NMR 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.35 (s, 12 H) 1.56 - 1.78 (m, 3 H) 1.82 - 1 .95 (m, 2 H) 1.96 - 2.07 (m, 1 H) 2.16 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 3 H) 3.57 - 3.68 (m, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.92 (m, 1 H) 5.50 (t, J=2.93 Hz, 1 H) 6.88 (d, J=8.39 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1 H)
Step D) (2R)-4-{4-r2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)phenyll-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran- 2-yloxy)butanamide
Pd EnCat™ (150mg, 0.05mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (370mg, 2.7mmol) the 2-[3-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (150mg, 0.45mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C, (267mg, 0.54mmol) in 1 ,4- dioxane (3.5ml_, 0.1 M)and water (0.5 mL). The resulting suspension was heated to 100° C and left to stir 66h. The material was cooled, filtered through celite and concentrated yielding 256mg (99%TY) of white solid. LCMS m/z 579.8 (M-1 ) Partial NMR capturing aromatic and dietheric THP protons.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 4.97 (br. s., 1 H) 5.58 - 5.64 (m, 1 H) 6.46 (dt, J=7.02, 1.85 Hz, 1 H) 6.52 (s, 1 H) 7.01 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.36 (t, J=8.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.68 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H)
Step E) (2RV4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-hvdroxy-3-methylphenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-N- hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide (2R)-4-{4-[2-fluoro-3-methyl-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (335mg, 0.58mmol) was dissolved in 3ml_ of dioxane. To this solution was added 1 ml_ of 4M HCI in dioxane 1 ml_ of water. The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 10 minutes. The material was diluted up with methanol and concentrated (3x). Dichloromethane was added and the mixture was stirred for 18h. The solution retained color and a fine particulate was suspended. The mixture was filtered leaving 13.3mg (6%) of white solid. LCMS m/z 413.6 (M+1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.71 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (d, J=1 .56 Hz, 3 H) 2.33 - 2.46 (m, 1 H) 2.54 - 2.68 (m, 1 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.91 - 4.05 (m, 1 H) 4.24 - 4.40 (m, 1 H) 6.70 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1 H) 6.75 - 6.86 (m, 2 H) 7.23 (t, J=8.68 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (d, J=6.83 Hz, 1 H) Example 13
(2RV4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methylphenylV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV
N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000064_0001
Pd EnCat (0.1 eq) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (3.0 eq), (2-fluoro- 4-methylphenyl)boronic acid (201 mg, 1.3mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (1.0 eq) in dioxane:water (0.1 M, 5:1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through celite and eluted with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, then subjected to the standard THP-deprotection step as described for the formation of (2R)-4-[4-(2-fluoro-4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 12, Step E. LCMS m/z 397.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.17 (td, J=12.20, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 2.36 (s, 3 H) 2.44 (td, J=12.15, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.75 (td, J=12.00, 4.68 Hz, 1 H) 4.12 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 6.43 - 6.52 (m, 1 H) 6.56 (s, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.24 (m, 2 H) 7.47 (t, J=8.10 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 9.25 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.14 (s, 1 H)
Example 14
(2R)-4-r4-(2,3-difluorophenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000064_0002
Title compound was prepared using (2,3-difluorophenyl)boronic acid (1 14mg,
0.72mmol) following the general methodology of Example 13. Yield 99mg (41 %) of yellow solid. LCMS m/z 401.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.18 (td, J=12.20, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 2.38 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.77 (td, J=12.00, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 4.13 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 6.50 (dt, J=7.02, 1.85 Hz, 1 H) 6.61 (s, 1 H) 7.28 - 7.37 (m, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.44 (m, 1 H) 7.54 (m, J=10.17, 8.13, 8.13, 1 .66 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 9.25 (s, 1 H) 1 1 .12 (s, 1 H)
Example 15
(2R)-4-r4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000065_0001
Title compound was prepared using (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (1 13mg, 0.72mmol) following the general methodology of Example 13 . The product was purified using 35- 50% acetonitrile in water. Yield 1 12mg (47%) of yellow solid. LCMS m/z 399.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.38 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.75 (td, J=1 1.95, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.12 (td, J=1 1.81 , 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 6.65 (dd, J=7.12, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.72 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 7.72 - 7.80 (m, 3 H) 9.24 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .14 (s, 1 H)
Example 16
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-r4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000065_0002
Title compound was prepared using (4-methylphenyl)boronic acid (98mg, 0.72mmol) following the general methodology of Example 13. Yield 79mg (35%) of yellow solid. LCMS m/z 379.6 (M+1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.22 (m, 1 H) 2.35 (s, 3 H) 2.37 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.74 (td, J=1 1.95, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.1 1 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 6.64 (dd, J=7.12, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.68 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.30 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 2 H) 7.62 (d, J=8.00 Hz, 2 H) 7.73 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 9.24 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.17 (s, 1 H)
Example 17
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000066_0001
Title compound was prepared from (4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1 10mg, 0.72mmol) using the general methodology of Example 13. Yield 35mg (15%) of yellow solid. LCMS m/z 395.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .57 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.35 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.68 - 3.79 (m, 1 H) 3.81 (s, 3 H) 4.10 (td, J=1 1.85, 5.17 Hz, 1 H) 6.60 - 6.68 (m, 2 H) 7.03 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H) 7.60 - 7.76 (m, 3 H) 9.25 (s, 1 H) 1 1.18 (s, 1 H)
Example 18
(2R)-4-r4-(2,3-dihvdro-1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-
2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000066_0002
Step A) (2RV4-r4-(2,3-dihvdro-1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-vn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Pd EnCat™ (200mg, 0.6mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.8 mmol), 2,3-dihydro-1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-ylboronic acid (130 mg, 0.72mmol), and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C, (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) in dioxane:water (5 ml_, 5: 1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through celite and washed with ethyl acetate. The crude material was concentrated and loaded onto a 12g silica column and run using 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes. (Some material was lost during purification). The material was concentrated yielding 44mg (15%) of a light yellow glass. LCMS m/z 505.7 (M-1 )
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(2,3-dihvdro-1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N- hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(2R)-4-[4-(2,3-dihydro-1 ,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (581 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in 3ml_ of dichloromethane. To this solution was added 1 ml. of 4M HCI in dioxane 1 ml_ of water. The reaction was monitored for completion by LCMS. After standing overnight, a solid precipitated. The solid was collected by filteration and dried in vacuo yielding 25mg (68%) of light yellow solid. LCMS m/z 423.5 (M+1 ) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.22 (m, 1 H) 2.36 - 2.46 (m, 1 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.65 - 3.79 (m, 1 H) 4.03 - 4.15 (m, 1 H) 4.28 (s, 4 H) 6.59-6.66 (m, 2 H) 6.94 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.19 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 7.67-7.73 (m, 1 H)
Example 19
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-r4-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-5-vn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step A) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C
(300mg, 0.6mmol) was dissolved in 3ml_ of p-dioxane. To this solution was added 1 ml_ of water and 0.5 ml. of 4M HCI in water. The reaction was monitored for completion by LCMS. Upon completion (10 minutes), the reaction mixture was concentrated and recrystallized from methanol. 1 15mg (46%) of white solid was isolated by filtration. LCMS m/z 415.3 (M+1 ). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.54 (s, 3 H) 2.04 - 2.14 (m, 1 H) 2.34 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.62 - 3.72 (m, 1 H) 3.96 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 6.62 (dd, J=7.13, 1.86 Hz, 1 H) 6.94 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 9.23 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.04 (s, 1 H)
Step B) 2-Methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-vn-1 H-indole
Potassium acetate (477 mg, 4.76 mmol) was added to a solution of 5-bromo-2- methylindole (500 mg, 2.4 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (725 mg, 2.86 mmol), and [1 ,1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium (II) dcm complex (178 mg, 0.24 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (25 mL) in a 20 mL vial. The vial was capped and heated to 80°C, reaction was heated at this temperature with stirring overnight.
The reaction mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, and filtered through a 5g silica plug. This filtrate was concentrated and purified on an 80g silica column using 0- 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to furnish 202mg (33%) of a clear colorless oil. LCMS m/z 258.3 (M+1 ) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.39 (s, 21 H) 2.40 (s, 3 H) 6.24 (s, 1 H) 7.25 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.60 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.94 (br. s., 1 H) 8.08 (s, 1 H)
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-r4-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-5-yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yll-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Pd EnCat™ (93mg, 0.03mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (1 15mg, 0.83 mmol), 2-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (86mg, 0.33mmol), and (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide (1 15mg, 0.28 mmol) in dioxane:water (2.5 mL, 5:1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through a nylon filter and concentrated. The material was dissolved in a minimal amount of DMSO and loaded onto a 13g c18 column. The gradient was run from 25-45% acetonitrile in water. The desired material was concentrated yielding 25mg (22%) of a light brown solid. LCMS m/z 418.5 (M+1 ) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.32 - 2.46 (m, 1 H) 2.39 (s, 3 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.69 - 3.78 (m, 1 H) 4.06 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 6.20 (s, 1 H) 6.65 (d, J=1 .95 Hz, 1 H) 6.70 (dd, J=7.22, 1 .95 Hz, 1 H) 7.31-7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.70 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (s, 1 H) 9.25 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.1 1 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.23 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 20
(2R)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000069_0001
Step A) (2RV4-r4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Pd EnCat (333mg, 0.1 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (832 mg, 6.0 mmol), (2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (227 mg, 1.3mmol), and (2R)-4-(4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, Step C (500 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dioxane:water (8 mL, 5:1 mixture). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 80°C. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through celite and washed with ethyl acetate. The crude material was concentrated yielding 1 188mg (236%) of impure light yellow solid. LCMS m/z 499.7 (M-1 )
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(2R)-4-[4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (1188mg impure material, 1 mmol) was dissolved in 3ml_ of dichloromethane. To this solution was added 1 ml. of 4M HCI in dioxane and 1 ml_ of water. The reaction was monitored for completion by LCMS. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated and redissolved in a minimal amount of dimethylsulfoxide and water and loaded onto a 5g c18 guard-column. This material was purified on a 75g c18 column with 10-40% acetonitrile in water with
0.1 %trifluoroacetic acid. The desired material was concentrated yielding 434mg (88%) of a light yellow solid. LCMS m/z 417.5 (M+1 ).1 H N MR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.10 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.69 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.19 (m, 1 H) 6.44 - 6.52 (m, 1 H) 6.58 (s, 1 H) 7.42 (dd, J=8.29, 1 .85 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 - 7.67 (m, 2 H) 7.77 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.12 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 21
(2R)-4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000070_0001
Step A: (2R)-4-r4-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonvDbutanoic acid
(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (3.89 g, 22.43 mmol), ethyl (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (7.68 g, 17.98 mmol), (which may be produced as in the preparation of 2A compound IV Step B except that (R)-ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate was used), and Pd(dppf)CI2; DCM complex (0.60 g, 0.73 mmol) were charged into a round bottom flask, flushed with nitrogen, and dissolved in methyltetrahydrofuran (75 ml_). Potassium phosphate, tribasic (1 1.45 g, 53.94 mmol) in water (37 ml.) was added to the flask and the reaction was heated to 65°C for 45 minutes. The reaction was allowed to cool and the aqueous layer was separated. The organics were transferred back in the flask and lithium hydroxide (1 .31 g, 53.88 mmol) in water (25 ml.) was added to the organics and the mixture was heated to 55 °C for 1 hour. The mixture was allowed to cool and the aqueous layer was separated. The organics were extracted with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2x25 mL). The combined aqueous layers were washed with ethyl acetate (3x25 mL), treated with celite (3 g) and filtered. The filter pad was washed with water (25 mL) and the combined filtrates were treated dropwise with 6N aqueous HCI to afford a pH of 3 and a cream colored precipitate. The solid was collected via filtration and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a tan solid (6.50 g, 90.99%).
HPLC/MS m/z 398 (M+1 )
1H NMR (d-6-DMSO) σ 7.70 (d, J = 7.43Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (t, J = 9.37 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (dd, J = 13.27, 2.34 Hz, 1 H), 6.87 (dd, J = 8.59, 2.73 Hz, 1 H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (dt, J = 6.42, 1.95 Hz, 1 H), 4.10-4.02 (m, 1 H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 1 H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 1 H), 2.22- 2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.55 (s, 3H).
Step B: (2R)-4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyDhenvn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2H Il-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (2R)-4-[4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (2.38 g, 5.99 mmol) and 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5- triazine (1.38 g, 7.86 mmol) were charged into a round bottom flask, flushed with nitrogen, and dissolved in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (20 mL). The mixture was treated with N-methylmorpholine (0.92 mL, 8.39 mmol) and stirred for 85 minutes. THP- hydroxylamine (0.94 g, 8.07 mmol) in MeTHF (3.0 mL) was added dropwise via syringe and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with MeTHF (20 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (15 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound as a solid glass (3.67 g) which contains impurities. LCMS m/z 495.7 (M-1 ) Used as is in the next step.
Step C: (2R)-4-r4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(2R)-4-[4-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (34.7 mg, 69.9 mmol) and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonic acid (8.8 mg, 34.9 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (277.6 uL) and immersed in a 75°C oil bath. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for 1 hour and allowed to cool. Water (600 uL) was added to the solution and the reaction was stirred overnight. A solid was collected via filtration and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as an off-white powder (22 mg, 76.33%). LCMS m/z 413.5 (M+1 ). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.22 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.68 - 3.79 (m, 1 H) 3.82 (s, 3 H) 4.05 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 6.44 - 6.50 (m, 1 H) 6.54 (s, 1 H) 6.89 (dd, J=8.68, 2.44 Hz, 1 H) 6.97 (dd, J=13.37, 2.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.54 (dd, J=8.98, 8.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.14 (br. s., 1 H). Example 22
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(2,3,6-trifluorophenyl)pyridin-
1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
Figure imgf000072_0001
Step A) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-r2-oxo-4-(2,3,6- trifluorophenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
To an 8 ml. tube was added 0.15 mmol of 2-bromo-1 ,3,4-trifluorobenzene (32 mg), a 1.0 ml. DMF solution of (2R)-4-(4-(5,5-dimethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 3 (73 mg, 0.15 mmol), a 0.10 ml. aqueous solution of K2C03 (62 mg, 0.45 mmol), and Pd EnCat™ (75 mg). The resulting suspension was shaken at 80°C for 14 hr. Complete consumption of starting meterial was confirmed by LCMS, with the major peak confirmed as desired coupling product by ionization. The mixture was then diluted with 2 ml. dioxane and 350 mg celite was added. The resulting mixture was shaken at room temperature for 15 min and then filtered. To the filtrate was added 0.5 ml. 1 N HCI (aq.) and resulting mixture shaken at room temperature for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was thenconcentrated in the
Genevac. The residue was then dissolved in 2 ml. DMSO, filtered and purified using a Sunfire C18 ODB 5u 19X100mm column, 1 to 60% ACN in water with 0.01 % TFA at 22 mL/min flow rate over a 12 min run time. Pure desired product was obtained, 10 mg off white solid (16%). LCMS m/z 419.2 (M+H), 837.3 (2M+H); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) d ppm 1.54 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (td, J=12.26, 5.18 Hz, 1 H) 2.39 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 2.46 (s, 3 H) 3.72 (td, J=12.01 , 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 4.09 (td, J = 1 1.96, 4.79 Hz, 1 H) 6.37 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 6.54 (s, 1 H) 7.27 (t, J=9.18 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 (qd, J=9.38, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 7.77 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 1 1 .08 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 23
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-{4-r4-(2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-
2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000073_0001
Example 23 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 4-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidine. Product isolated is an off white solid, 21 mg (31 %). LCMS m/z 457.3 (M+1 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 0.94 (s, 3 H) 1.59 (ddd, J=13.23, 1 1.18, 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 1.81 (ddd, J=13.23, 1 1.18, 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 2.07 (s, 3 H) 2.41 (s, 3 H) 3.10 - 3.21 (m, 1 H) 3.52 (ddd, J=12.55, 1 1.08, 5.27 Hz, 1 H) 6.07 (dd, J=7.13, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.14 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 (d, J=7.23 Hz, 1 H) 7.20 (m, J=8.79 Hz, 2 H) 7.32 (d, J=5.66 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 (m, J=8.79 Hz, 2 H) 8.12 (d, J=5.66 Hz, 1 H).
Example 24
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-{4-r4-(1-methyl-1 H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000073_0002
Example 24 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 5-(4- bromophenyl)-1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazole. Product isolated is an off white solid, 1 1 mg (16%). LCMS m/z 445.3 (M+1 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 0.94 (s, 3 H) 1.58 (ddd, J=13.23, 1 1 .38, 5.47 Hz, 1 H) 1.75 - 1.84 (m, 1 H) 2.41 (s, 3 H) 3.14 (td, J=12.01 , 4.69 Hz, 1 H) 3.21 (s, 3 H) 3.45 - 3.58 (m, 1 H) 6.02 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.04 (dd, J=7.13, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.08 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 6.97 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.02 - 7.07 (m, 3 H) 7.20 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H).
Example 25
(2R N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-f4-r4-(2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-4-vnphenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000074_0001
Example 25 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 4-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methyloxazole. Product isolated is an off white solid, 7 mg (10%). LCMS m/z 446.1 (M+1 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (td, J=12.21 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 2.34 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 2.65 (s, 3 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.73 (td, J=1 1.91 , 4.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.09 (td, J=1 1.91 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 6.68 (dd, J=7.23, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.76 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.77 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 - 7.92 (m, 2 H) 8.02 - 8.08 (m, 2 H) 9.18 - 9.31 (m, 1 H) 1 1.13 (s, 1 H).
Example 26
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-{4-[4-(5-methyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-
1 (2H)-yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000074_0002
Example 26 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 3-(4- bromophenyl)-5-methyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole. Product isolated is a white solid, 14 mg (17%). LCMS m/z 447.2; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.25 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 2.68 (s, 3 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.44 (br. s., 1 H) 3.76 (td, J=1 1.91 , 4.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.13 (td, J=1 1.91 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 6.72 (dd, J=7.23, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.79 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.92 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.08 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 9.29 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .17 (s, 1 H).
Example 27
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-{4-r4-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-
2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000075_0001
Example 27 was carried out using the general methodology described in Example 22. Title compound was made from the corresponding bromide (0.15mmol): 5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-methylpyrimidine. Product isolated is an off white solid, 19 mg (28%). LCMS m/z 457.2 (M+1 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.39 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 2.68 (s, 3 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.76 (td, J=12.06, 4.79 Hz, 1 H) 4.13 (td, J=1 1.91 , 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 6.74 (dd, J=7.13, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.80 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 - 7.96 (m, 4 H) 9.10 (s, 2 H).
Example 28
(2R)-4-{4-r4-(difluoromethoxy)-2-fluorophenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000076_0001
Step A) 1-Bromo-4-difluoromethoxy-2-fluoro-benzene
To a solution of 4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenol (962 mg, 5.037 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 ml.) was added a solution of potassium carbonate (28.3 g, 181 mmol) dissolved in water (25 ml.) all under nitrogen. To the reaction mixture was added 2-chloro-2,2- difluoroacetophenone (5 g, 25 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 80°C for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50ml_). The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated onto silica gel. Silica gel chromotography (5% ethyl acetate 95% heptane to 100% ethyl acetate over 55 minutes) furnished a clear oil (950 mg, 78%). LCMS m/z 531.7(M-1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 6.85 (s, 1 H) 6.92 (dd, J=8.88, 2.63 Hz, 1 H) 7.05 (t, 1 H) 7.38 (t, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-{4-r4-(difluoromethoxy)-2-fluorophenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-(5,5-Dimethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 3 (240 mg, 0.495 mmol), 1-bromo-4-difluoromethoxy-2-fluoro- benzene, (159 mg, 0.990 mmol), potassium carbonate (274 mg, 1.98 mmol), and dioxane (3 ml.) were added to a 5 ml. microwave vial with a stir bar, followed by the addition of water (0.30 ml.) and Pd II Encat (128 mg, 0.050 mmol). The reaction was irradiated at 120°C for 45 minutes in a microwave reactor. The reaction was filtered through a thin film of celite, rinsed with ethyl acetate then concentrated. Purification via silica gel chromatography (15% ethyl acetate 85 % heptane to 100% ethyl acetate over 45 minutes) and then (5% MeOH 95% ethyl acetate for an additional 5 minutes) afforded the product as a white solid (120 mg, 45%). LC-MS m/z 531.7(M-1 ).
Step C) (2R)-4-{4-r4-(difluoromethoxy)-2-fluorophenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N- hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide To a stirred solution of (2R)-4-{4-[4-(difluoromethoxy)-2-fluorophenyl]-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (120 mg, 0.225 mmol) in DCM (3ml_) was added a solution of 4M hydrogen chloride in dioxane (1 .7 mL, 6.75 mmol). After 30 minutes the reaction was quenched through the addition of methanol 0.5 mL. The reaction was concentrated then purified via reverse phase chromatography (Method: 95% water / 5% methanol (initial conditions) linear gradient to 5% water / 95% methanol for 10.0min, then HOLD 0% water /100% methanol for 1 .Omin. Flow rate, 1.5mL/min Column: Phenomenex Luna (2) C18
4.6x150mm, 5um) white solid was isolated (25 mg, 25%)
LC-MS m/z 449.5(M+1 ) retention time 1.82 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) d ppm 1.68 - 1.75 (m, 3 H) 2.38 (ddd, J=13.42, 11 .07, 5.17 Hz, 2 H) 2.59 (ddd, J=13.46, 10.83, 5.17 Hz, 2 H) 3.09 - 3.13 (m, 3 H) 3.94 (ddd, J=12.83, 11 .07, 5.17 Hz, 1 H) 4.31 (ddd, J=12.93, 10.88, 5.27 Hz, 1 H) 6.64 (dt, J=7.07, 1.93 Hz, 1 H) 6.73 (s, 1 H) 6.93 - 6.99 (m, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.09 (m, 1 H) 7.09 - 7.13 (m, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.64 (m, 1 H) 7.71 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H)
Example 29
N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyllpyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000077_0001
Step A) 2-(4-Bromophenoxy)pyridine
A solution of copper powder (6.4 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv), copper (I) iodide (19 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv), potassium carbonate (484 mg, 3.5 mmol, 3.5 equiv), 4- bromophenol (190 mg, 1.1 mmol, 1.1 equiv), and 2-bromopyridine (158 mg, 1 .0 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (1 .0 mL) was heated to 140 °C for 5 days. A solution of 1 M sodium hydroxide (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1 x 30 mL). The organic phase was washed with 1 M sodium hydroxide (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in heptane) to provide a colorless oil (190 mg, 76%). MS (LCMS) m/z 250.4 (M+1 ).
Step B) 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxylpyridine
The title compound (0.23 g, 100 %) was prepared from 2-(4-bromophenoxy)pyridine (266 mg, 1 .1 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (190 mg, 0.76 mmol) by a general procedure analogous to that described for the preparation of 2-[3-fluoro-2-methyl-4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran, Example 12, step C. MS (LCMS) m/z 298.5 (M+1 ).
Step C) 2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyllpyridin-
1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
The title compound (212 mg, 58%) can be prepared from 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]pyridine (239 mg, 0.8 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described for the preparation of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4- (1 H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Example 1 , Step B. MS (LCMS) m/z 540.8 (M-1 ).
Step D) N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(pyridin-2- yloxy)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Methanol (25 mL) was added to a solution of 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4- (pyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (212 mg, 0.39 mmol) in 4.0 M hydrochloric acid in 1 ,4-dioxane (4.9 mL) at room temperature. After 1 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with 10:1 diethyl ether-methanol, filtered, and dried under reduced pressure to provide a white solid (168 mg, 88%). LCMS m/z 458.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1 .73 (s, 3H), 2.41 (ddd, J=13, 10.5, 5 Hz, 1 H), 2.67 (ddd, J=13, 10.5, 5 Hz, 1 H), 3.1 1 (s, 3H), 4.06 (ddd, J=13, 1 1 , 5 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (ddd, J=13, 1 1 , 5 Hz, 1 H), 6.97-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.25 (br d, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (ddd, J=7.4, 5.8, 0.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.90-7.94 (m, 3H), 8.33 (ddd, J=8.7, 7.4, 1 .9 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (ddd, J=5.8, 1 .9, 0.6 Hz, 1 H).
Example 30
N-hvdroxy-4-{4-[4-(3-hvdroxypropoxy)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step A) 3-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxylpropan-1 -ol To a flask containing 3-(4-iodophenoxy)propan-1-ol (316 mg, 1.14 mmol) (see Qu, W. et.al. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2007), 50, 3380-3387), bis(pinacolato)diboron (397 mg, 1 .56 mmol), potassium acetate (338 mg, 3.41 mmol), and [1 , 1 -bis- (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium (II) dichloromethane complex (83.4 mg, 0.1 14 mmol) was added degassed 1 ,4-dioxane (9.0 mL). The reaction was heated at 80°C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a black solid. Chromatography on silica gel with heptane-ethyl acetate (40% ethyl acetate) gave 3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]propan-1-ol as a clear oil (212.5 mg, 67.2%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3, δ ppm 1.24 (s, 12H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 4.06 (t, J= 6.05, 2H), 6.66 (d, J= 8.59, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.98, 2H).
Step B) 4-(4-(4-(3-hvdroxypropoxy)phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be prepared as in Preparation 2A (301 mg, 0.622 mmol), 3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]propan-1-ol (212 mg, 0.762 mmol), potassium carbonate (434 mg, 3.1 1 mmol), and tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (56.8 mg, 0.062 mmol) were combined into a flask, placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen. Degassed dimethoxyethane (2.0 mL) and methanol (2.0 mL) were added and the reaction was heated at 80°C under nitrogen for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel. Chromatography on silica gel with a dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %-25%) eluted 4-(4-(4-(3- hydroxypropoxy)phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a yellow oil (120 mg, 36.9%). LCMS 521 (M-1 ). Step C) N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(3-hvdroxypropoxy)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
To 4-(4-(4-(3-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (120 mg, 0.230 mmol) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (5.0 mL) and methanol (0.50 mL). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel.
Chromatography on silica gel with a dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %-25%) gave the title compound as a white foam (20.8 mg, 20.1 %). 1 H NMR: 400 MHz, (CD3OD) δ ppm 1 .71 (s, 3H), 2.06 (m, 2H), 2.38 (ddd, J=13.2, 10.8, 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.53- 2.62 (m, 1 H), 3.1 1 (s, 3H), 3.76 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.88-3.96 (m, 1 H), 4.14 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (ddd, J=12.5, 10.8, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.62- 7.69 (m, 3H). LCMS: 437.2 (M-1 ).
Example 31
N-Hvdroxy-4-{4-[4-(3-hvdroxypropyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step A) 4-{4-r4-(3-hvdroxypropyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be prepared as in Preparation 2A (320 mg, 0.640 mmol), 3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]propan-1-ol (202 mg, 0.770 mmol) (See Takashima, H. et.al. WO 2008105515), potassium carbonate (448 mg, 3.20 mmol), and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (56.8 mg, 0.064 mmol) were combined into a flask, placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen. Degassed dimethoxyethane (2.0 mL) and methanol (2.0 mL) were added and the reaction was heated at 80°C under nitrogen for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled and then diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel. Chromatography on silica gel with a dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %-25%) gave 4-{4-[4-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a white foam (213.3 mg, 65.6%). LCMS 507.5 (M+1 ).
Step B) N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(3-hvdroxypropyl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
To 4-{4-[4-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (213 mg, 0.420 mmol) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (5.0 ml.) and methanol (0.50 ml_). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in minimal dichloromethane (2.0 ml.) and diluted with ether to produce a precipitate. The suspension was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solid was allowed to settle and the liquid was decanted off. The solid was rinsed twice with ether and dried on a vacuum pump to give the title compound as a white solid (164 mg, 92.4%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, δ ppm 1 .72 (s, 3H), 1.83-1 .91 (m, 2H), 2.41 (ddd, J=13.4, 10.9, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.66 (ddd, J=13.6, 10.8, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (ddd, J=12.5, 10.5, 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.38 (ddd, J=12.9, 10.7, 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 (m, 1 H), 7.38 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H). LCMS: 423.3 (M+1 ).
Example 32
(2RVN-hvdroxy-4-r4-f4-r2-(3-hvdroxycvclobutvnethoxylphenyl>-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step A) 3-(2-{[Tert-butyl(diphenyl)silylloxy}ethyl)cvclobutanol
3-(2-{[Tert-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)cyclobutanone (5.1 1 g, 14.5 mmol) (WO
2006063281 ) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (120 ml_). Sodium borohydride (548 mg, 14.5 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and stirred for 20 min until the bubbling ceased. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 3-(2-{[tert-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)cyclobutanol (3.58 g, 69.6%) as a clear oil. Partial 1 H NMR indicated a ~ 3.5:1 mix of cis-trans isomers. (CDCI3, δ ppm, key peaks are 4.08 (quintet, J = 7.42, 0.78H) and 4.34 (quintet, J = 6.83, 0.22H).
Step B) Tert-butyl(diphenyl){2-[3-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclobutyll
ethoxylsilane
3-(2-{[Tert-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)cyclobutanol (3.58 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (50 ml.) and 2,3-dihydro-4H-pyran and 4-toluenesulfonic acid pyridine salt were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and purified on silica gel with a heptane-ethyl acetate gradient (5% ethyl acetate, then 20% ethyl acetate) to give crude tert- butyl(diphenyl){2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethoxy}silane (4.66 g, 105%) as a milky oil. Partial 1H NMR indicated a ~ 4:1 mix of unknown cis-trans isomers. (CDCI3, δ ppm, key peaks are 4.05 (m, 0.80H), 4.30 (m, 0.20H), 4.52 (m, 0.20H), 4.56 (m, 0.80H). Step C) 2-[3-(Tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cvclobutyllethanol
Tert-butyl(diphenyl){2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethoxy}silane (4.66 g, 10.6 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml.) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 N in tetrahydrofuran, 1.66 ml_, 10.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was evaporated in vacuo and purified on silica gel with a heptane-ethyl acetate gradient (10% ethyl acetate, then 50% ethyl acetate) to give 2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethanol (2.14 g, 100%) as a yellow oil. Partial 1 H NMR indicated a ~ 4:1 mix of unknown cis-trans isomers. (CDCI3, δ ppm, key peaks are 4.07 (m, 0.80H), 4.35 (m, 0.20H), 4.54 (m, 0.20H), 4.56 (m, 0.80H). Step D) 2-({3-r2-(4-Bromophenoxy)ethyllcvclobutyl}oxy)tetrahvdro-2H-pyran
2-[3-(Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethanol (1 .08g, 5.39 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml.) and was cooled in an ice bath. Triphenylphosphine (2.12 g, 8.09 mmol) and 4-bromo-phenol (1.12 g, 6.47 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred until dissolved. Diethylazodicaboxylate (1.45 g, 8.09 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction and the reaction was then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 48 hours. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a clear oil. Purification on silica gel with heptane-ethyl acetate (15% ethyl acetate) gave 2-({3-[2-(4- bromophenoxy)ethyl]cyclobutyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (622 mg, 32.4%) as a clear oil. Partial 1 H NMR indicated a ~ 4:1 mix of unknown cis-trans isomers. (CDCI3, δ ppm, key peaks are 4.08 (m, 0.80H), 4.38 (m, 0.20H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.98, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 9.18, 2H).
Step E) 2-r(3-f2-r4-(4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborolan-2-vnDhenoxylethyl> cvclob utyl )oxyltetra h yd ro-2 H-pyra n
To a flask containing 2-({3-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]cyclobutyl}oxy)tetrahydro-2H- pyran (622 mg, 1.75 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (612 mg, 2.41 mmol), potassium acetate (521 mg, 5.25 mmol), and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (II) dichloromethane complex (128 mg, 0.175 mmol) was added deoxygenated 1 ,4-dioxane (8.0 ml_). The reaction was heated at 80°C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled, diluted with ether and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a black oil. Chromatography on silica gel with heptane-ethyl acetate (33% ethyl acetate) gave 2-[(3-{2-[4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}cyclobutyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran as a clear oil (845 mg, 120%). Partial 1H NMR indicated a ~ 3.5:1 mix of unknown cis- trans isomers. (CDCI3, δ ppm, key peaks are 1.31 (s, 12H), 4.08 (m, 0.78H), 4.38 (m, 0.22H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.59, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.79, 2H).
Step F) (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-{2-r3-(tetrahvdro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)cvclobutyllethoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahydro-2H-
PVran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)- 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2 B (334 mg, 0.670 mmol), 2-[(3-{2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]ethyl}cyclobutyl)oxy]tetrahydro-2H-pyran (324 mg, 0.804 mmol), potassium carbonate (463 mg, 3.35 mmol), and palladium II EnCat (172 mg, 0.067 mmol) were combined into a flask, placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen. Deoxygenated 1 ,4-dioxane (2.0 ml.) and water (0.50 ml.) were added and the reaction was heated at 80°C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The celite was washed with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel. Chromatography on silica gel with a
dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %-25%) gave (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4- [2-oxo-4-(4-{2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)- yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a tan foam (386 mg, 89.1 %). LCMS 645.8 (M-1 ).
Step G) (2RVN-hvdroxy-4-r4-f4-r2-(3-hvdroxycvclobutvnethoxylDhenyl>-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide To (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-{2-[3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)cyclobutyl]ethoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide (386 mg, 0.597 mmol) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride in dioxane (6.0 ml.) and methanol (0.60 ml_). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The residue was dissolved in a minimal amount of methanol (0.50 ml.) and diluted with ether to give a yellow precipitate. This suspension was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solid was allowed to settle and the liquid was decanted off. The solid was rinsed twice with ether and dried on a vacuum pump to give the title compound as a white solid (229 mg, 80.5%). 1H NMR (poor resolution in spectra) (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1 .55 - 1.63 (m, 2 H) 1.69 - 1.73 (m, 3 H) 1.87 - 1 .97 (m, 3 H) 2.1 1 (t, J=6.83 Hz, 0 H) 2.36 - 2.50 (m, 3 H) 2.61 - 2.72 (m, 1 H) 3.08 - 3.1 1 (m, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.10 (m, 4 H) 4.32 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 6.89 - 6.97 (m, 1 H) 7.00 - 7.07 (m, 3 H) 7.67 - 7.73 (m, 2 H) 7.87 (t, J=10.54 Hz, 1 H). LCMS 479.6 (M+1 ).
Example 33
(+/-V4-r4-(1-benzofuran-2-vn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000084_0001
Step A) (+/-)-4-r4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Pd EnCat (130 mg, 0.051 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (221 mg, 1.60 mmol), 1-benzofuran-2-ylboronic acid (271 mg, 0.954 mmol), and 4-(4-iodo-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A (240 mg, 0.63 mmol) in dioxane:water (5 mL, 4:1 ) in a 2-5 mL microwave vial and the reaction was heated at 90°C overnight. The reaction was filtered and the resin was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to dryness and the crude was purified via flash chromatography on an Analogix SF15-12g column and eluted with ethyl acetate in heptane (0-80%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (105 mg, 42.8%). LC-MS m/z 487.7 (M-1 ).
Step B) (+/-)-4-r4-(1-Benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-
2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
A 4.0 M solution of HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added slowly to a solution of (+/-)-4- [4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (105 mg, 0.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) with water (1.0 mL) at 0°C. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. After 30 min (complete by TLC), the reaction was concentrated to afford a crude white solid. The crude was triturated in isopropanol (5 mL) overnight. The solid was collected via filtration, washed with isopropanol (5 mL), isopropanohheptane (1 :1 , 5 mL), heptane (5 mL), and ether (5 mL). The solid was collected by filteration and dried under vacuum to afford a white solid (86.1 mg, 99%).LC-MS m/z 405.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.10 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.39 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.71 - 3.81 (m, 1 H) 4.05 - 4.15 (m, 1 H) 6.78 - 6.89 (m, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.35 (m, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.45 (m, 1 H) 7.63 - 7.82 (m, 4 H). Example 34
(+/-)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-(6-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step A) (+/-V4-r4-(6-methoxy-2-naDhthylV2-oxoDyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(+/.)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrah
pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A and (6- methoxy-2-naphthyl)boronic acid were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide ( Example 33, Step A). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (452.7 mg, 85.3%) LC-MS m/z 529.7 (M+1 ).
Step B) N-hvdroxy-4-r4-(6-methoxy-2-naphthylV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(+/-)-4-[4-(6-Methoxy-2-naphthyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-Benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]- N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(Example 33, Step B). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (101.2 mg, 69.9%) LC-MS m/z 445.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .59 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.27 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.49 (m, 1 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.84 (m, 1 H) 3.90 (s, 3 H) 4.06 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 6.77 - 6.89 (m, 2 H) 7.18 - 7.26 (m, 1 H) 7.38 (d, J=2.54 Hz, 1 H) 7.76 - 7.86 (m, 2 H) 7.87 - 7.97 (m, 2 H) 8.29 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.18 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 35
N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyridin-4-ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)- yllbutanamide
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step A) (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyridin-4-ylphenyl)pyridin- 1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (+/-)^-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahyclro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be prepared as in Preparation 2A and 4-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (161 mg, 61 %) LC-MS m/z 526.7 (M+1 ).
Step B) (+/-)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyridin-4- ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
(+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyridin-4-ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]- N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (90 mg, 62%) LC-MS m/z 442.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.24 (m, 1 H) 2.44 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.72 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 4.07 - 4.22 (m, 1 H) 6.69 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 6.84 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.98 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.12 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.36 (d, J=5.86 Hz, 2 H) 8.93 (d, J=6.25 Hz, 2 H) 1 1.15 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 36
N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-quinolin-7-ylpyridin-1 (2H)- vQbutanamide
Figure imgf000087_0001
Step A) Quinolin-7-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate
Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (1.40 ml_, 8.32 mmol) was added dropwise via a syringe to a solution of quinolin-7-ol (930 mg, 6.41 mmol), and pyridine (1.05 ml_, 13.0 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0°C. After addition the ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF25-40g column and eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-40%) to afford the title compound as an orange-white solid (1.54 g, 86.7%). LC-MS m/z 278.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.42 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 7.95 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 1 H) 8.05 (d, J=2.54 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 - 8.29 (m, 1 H) 8.97 - 9.06 (m, 1 H).
Step B) 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)quinoline
Potassium acetate (391 mg, 3.98 mmol) was added to a solution of quinolin-7-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (370 mg, 1 .32 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (405 mg, 1.60 mmol), and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (I I) dcm complex (325 mg, 0.40 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5.0 mL) in a 20 mL vial. The vial was capped and heated to 80°C and stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction was allowed to cool, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL), filtered through celite (~1 inch) and the filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Crude material was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF15-24g column and ethyl acetate in heptane (0-50%) as the eluant to afford the title compound as a white solid (277 mg, 81.3%). LC-MS m/z 256.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.40 (s, 12 H) 7.40 - 7.45 (m, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J=8.01 Hz, 1 H) 7.88 - 7.95 (m, 1 H) 8.12 - 8.18 (m, 1 H) 8.62 (d, J=0.78 Hz, 1 H) 8.83 - 9.01 (m, 1 H)
Step C) (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-quinolin-7-ylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-
N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(+/.)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A and 7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)quinoline were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1 -benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (221 mg, 88.1 %) LC-MS m/z 500.7 (M+1 ).
Step D) N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-quinolin-7-ylpyridin-
1 (2H)-yl)butanamide, hydrochloride salt
2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-quinolin-7-ylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B. Purification was performed using prepratory HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (65.5 mg, 32.8%) LC-MS m/z 416.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.60 (s, 3 H) 2.14 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 2.41 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.72 - 3.86 (m, 1 H) 4.09 - 4.22 (m, 1 H) 6.84 - 6.88 (m, 1 H) 6.90 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 - 7.65 (m, 1 H) 7.83 (d, J=7.23 Hz, 1 H) 7.93 - 8.02 (m, 1 H) 8.10 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1 H) 8.35 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 8.40 - 8.47 (m, 1 H) 8.94 - 9.02 (m, 1 H) 9.27 (d, J=1.56 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.17 (s, 1 H).
Example 37
N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(2-pyridin-4- ylethoxy)phenvHpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000089_0001
Step A) 4-[2-(4-Bromophenoxy)ethyllpyridine
Diethyl azodicarboxylate (4.44 ml_, mmol, 40%) was slowly added to a solution of 2- pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (1.00 g, 8.12 mmol), triphenylphosphine (2.56 g, 9.74 mmol), and 4- bromophenol (1.40 g, 8.12 mmol) in THF (40.6 ml.) at 0°C under nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (150 ml.) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 ml_). The organics were washed with 1 N aqueous NaOH (100 mL) and brine (100 ml_). The organics were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was crystallized with etherheptanes (1 :1 , ~25ml_) and the solid was removed via filtration and washed with etherheptanes. The combined filtrates were concentrated and further purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF25-40g column and ethyl acetate in heptane (0-30%) as the eluant to afford the title compound as a clear liquid (1.20 g, 46.2%). LC-MS m/z 278.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.1 1 (t, 2 H) 4.19 (t, J=6.44 Hz, 2 H) 6.77 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 7.38 (d, J=4.69 Hz, 2 H) 8.54 - 8.57 (m, 3 H)
Step B) 4-f2-r4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy1
ethyl}pyridine
Potassium acetate (391 mg, 3.98 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-[2-(4- bromophenoxy)ethyl]pyridine (370 mg, 1.33 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (405 mg, 1.60 mmol), and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium (I I) dcm complex (325 mg, 0.40 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5.0 mL) in a 20 mL vial. The vial was capped and heated to 80°C and stirred at this temperature overnight. [1 ,1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium (II) dcm complex (325 mg, 0.40 mmol) was added to the reaction and the mixture was reheated to 80°C and stirring was continued at this temperature overnight. The reaction was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL), filtered through celite (~1 inch) and the filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The crude was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF15-24g column and ethyl acetate in heptane (30-80%) as the eluant to afford the title compound as an orange-solid (547 mg, 85.3%). LC-MS m/z 326.6 (M+1 ).
Step C) (+/-V2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r4-(2-pyridin-4- ylethoxy)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide
(+/.)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2A and 4-{2-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}pyridine were converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2- yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (44.1 mg, 15.4%) LC-MS m/z 568.8 (M-1 ).
Step D) N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(2-pyridin-4- ylethoxy)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide, hydrochloride salt (+/-)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(2-pyridin-4-ylethoxy)phen
1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (1 1.2 mg, 30%) LC-MS m/z 486.6 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.70 (s, 3 H) 2.28 - 2.46 (m, 1 H) 2.49 - 2.69 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.48 (t, J=5.47 Hz, 2 H) 3.93 (dt, 1 H) 4.20 - 4.37 (m, 1 H) 4.47 (t, J=5.76 Hz, 2 H) 6.75 (br. s., 1 H) 7.04 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.67 (m, J=8.20 Hz, 3 H) 8.12 (d, J=5.86 Hz, 2 H) 8.78 (d, J=5.66 Hz, 2 H).
Example 38
(2R N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-f4-r4-(5-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-2-vnphenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step A) 5-Methyl-2-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-vnphenyll-1 ,3- oxazole
2-(4-Bromophenyl)-5-methyl-1 ,3-oxazole was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for 4-{2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]ethyl}pyridine in Example 37, Step B. The title compound was obtained as an orange solid (221.5 mg, 71.7%) LC-MS m/z 286.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 12 H) 2.41 (d, J=1.17 Hz, 3 H) 6.81 - 6.92 (m, 1 H) 7.88 (d, J=8.39 Hz, 2 H) 8.00 (d, J=8.39 Hz, 2 H).
Step B) (2R)-2-methyl-4-{4-r4-(5-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-2-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-
1 (2H)-yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (2R)-4-(4-lodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, and 5-Methyl- 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]-1 ,3-oxazole were converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran- 2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamid in Example 33, step A. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (121 mg, 61 %) LC-MS m/z 514.7 (M-1 ).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4 4-r4-(5-methyl-1.3-oxazol-2-yl)Dhenvn-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
(2R)-2-methyl-4-{4-[4-(5-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide, in Example 33, Step B The title compound was obtained as an off-white solid (56 mg, 68%). LC-MS m/z 446.5 (M+1 ). 1H N MR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .58 (s, 3 H) 2.07 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.36 - 2.48 (m, 4 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.65 - 3.86 (m, 1 H) 4.03 - 4.19 (m, 1 H) 6.67 - 6.74 (m, 1 H) 6.78 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.04 (d, J=1 .17 Hz, 1 H) 7.80 (d, J=7.23 Hz, 1 H) 7.89 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.01 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 1 1.15 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 39
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)pyridin-
1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step A) 2-r4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyllpyrimidine
2-(4-Bromophenyl)pyrimidine was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for 4-{2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]ethyl}pyridine in Example 37, Step B. The title compound was obtained as an orange solid (242.8 mg, 59.3%) LC-MS m/z 283.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.38 (s, 12 H) 7.21 (t, J=4.88 Hz, 1 H) 7.27 (s, 1 H) 7.95 (d, J=8.39 Hz, 2 H) 8.45 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.84 (d, J=4.88 Hz, 2 H) Step B) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-r2-oxo-4-(4-pyrimidin-2- ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2B and 2-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]pyrimidine were converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2- yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A. The title compound was obtained as a yellow solid (166 mg, 78.6%) LC-MS m/z 525.7 (M-1 ).
Step C) (2RVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-r2-oxo-4-(4-pyrimidin-2- ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-vHbutanamide
(2R)-2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]- N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B. The title compound was obtained as an off-white solid (76 mg, 55%). LC-MS m/z 443.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.59 (s, 3 H) 2.14 - 2.25 (m, 1 H) 2.38 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.09 (s, 3 H) 3.71 - 3.83 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.20 (m, 1 H) 6.68 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 6.80 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.49 (t, J=4.88 Hz, 1 H) 7.80 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.49 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.95 (d, J=4.88 Hz, 2 H) 1 1.16 (s, 1 H).
Example 40
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000093_0001
Step A) 2-r4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenvn-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole 2-(4-Bromophenyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for 4-{2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]ethyl}pyridine in Example 37, Step B. The title compound was obtained as an orange solid (240.6 mg, 78%) LC-MS m/z 272.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 12 H) 7.83 (s, 2 H) 7.94 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.10 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H).
Step B) (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r4-(2H-1.2.3-triazol-2- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A, and 2-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole were converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-benzofuran- 2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide in Example 33, Step A. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (101 mg, 48.8%) LC-MS m/z 514.7 (M-1 ).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(2H-1 ,2,3- triazol-2-yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
(2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyridin- 1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to the title compound following the general procedure outlined for (+/-)-4-[4-(1-Benzofuran-2-yl)-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 33, Step B. The title compound was obtained as an off-white solid (63.7 mg, 74%). LC-MS m/z 432.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.25 (m, 1 H) 2.34 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.82 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.19 (m, 1 H) 6.68 - 6.73 (m, 1 H) 6.78 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.79 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 7.95 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2 H) 8.12 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 8.17 (s, 2 H) 1 1.15 (br. s., 1 H).
Example 41
2R)-4-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-/\/-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- butanamide
Figure imgf000094_0001
Step A) (2RV4-r4-(4-fluoroDhenvn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Pd EnCat™ (200mg, 0.06mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.81 mmol), (4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol), and (2R)-4-(4-iodo- 2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2 B, (300 mg, 0.602 mmol) in dioxane:water (5.5 ml_, 10:1 mixture) in a 25ml_ round bottom flask. The flask was heated overnight at 80°C. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through celite and washed with ethyl acetate (20ml_). The crude material was concentrated, and purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: 100:0
dichloromethane:methanol to 95:5 dichloromethane:methanol) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 257mg, 91.5%. MS (APCI) m/z 467.6 (M+H) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.54 - 1.65 (m, 3 H) 1.68 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.71 - 1.99 (m, 3 H) 2.32 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 2.44 - 2.57 (m, 1 H) 3.18 (d, J=2.93 Hz, 3 H) 3.54 - 3.66 (m, 1 H) 3.97 - 4.10 (m, 1 H) 4.1 1 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.25 - 4.38 (m, 1 H) 5.16 (d,
J=15.81 Hz, 1 H) 6.48 (dd, J=6.93, 1.27 Hz, 1 H) 6.76 (s, 1 H) 7.12 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 7.39 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.47 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 12.15 (d, J=7.42 Hz, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
A solution of 1 .0 M aqueous HCI (2.76ml_) was added slowly to a solution of (2R)-4-[4- (4-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (257mg, 0.55 mmol) in 2-propanol (15ml_) at room
temperature. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After 18 hours the reaction was concentrated to afford a brown solid. Crude material was triturated in ethyl acetate (50ml_) for 1 hour; the solid was collected via filtration and washed with hexanes (20ml_). The solid was allowed to dry on the filter under high vacuum to afford an off-white solid. Yield 153mg, 73%. MS (APCI) m/z 383.6 (M+H), 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .55 (s, 3 H) 2.08 - 2.19 (m, 1 H) 2.34 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.64 - 3.80 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.13 (m, 1 H) 6.62 (dd, J=7.02, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.67 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.20 - 7.41 (m, 2 H) 7.64 - 7.84 (m, 3 H) 1 1.12 (br. s., 1 H) Example 42
(2R)-4-r4-(3-fluorophenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000096_0001
Step A) (2R)-4-r4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
The title compound was produced following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol). The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 125mg, 44.5%. MS (APCI) m/z 489.6 (M+Na) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.54 - 1 .65 (m, 3 H) 1.67 - 1.71 (m, 3 H) 1.71 - 1.97 (m, 3 H) 2.32 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 2.45 - 2.58 (m, 1 H) 3.19 (d, J=3.32 Hz, 3 H) 3.53 - 3.70 (m, 1 H) 3.98 - 4.07 (m, 1 H) 4.12 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.27 - 4.40 (m, 1 H) 5.1 1 - 5.21 (m, 1 H) 6.49 (dd, J=6.83, 1 .76 Hz, 1 H) 6.79 (s, 1 H) 7.08 - 7.16 (m, 1 H) 7.20 - 7.28 (m, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.36 (m, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.44 (m, 2 H) 12.10 (d, J=6.05 Hz, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Title compound was produced using the genral methodology of Example 41 , Step B affording an off-white solid. Yield 55mg, 54%. MS (APCI) m/z 383.5 (M+H).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (td, J=12.05, 5.17 Hz, 1 H) 2.40 (td, J=12.24, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.73 (td, J=1 1.95, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.02 - 4.14 (m, 1 H) 4.17 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 6.65 (dd, J=7.12, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.74 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.21 - 7.33 (m, 1 H) 7.43 - 7.63 (m, 3 H) 7.75 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.11 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 43
(2R)-4-r4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000097_0001
Step A) (2R)-4-[4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (84 mg, 0.602mmol). The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 180mg, 64.1 %. MS (APCI) m/z 489.6 (M+Na) 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 - 1.66 (m, 3 H) 1 .69 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 3 H) 1 .71 - 1.97 (m, 3 H) 2.28 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 2.45 - 2.59 (m, 1 H) 3.19 (d, J=2.93 Hz, 3 H) 3.54 - 3.70 (m, 1 H) 3.92 - 4.07 (m, 1 H) 4.12 - 4.24 (m, 1 H) 4.28 - 4.39 (m, 1 H) 5.10 - 5.21 (m, 1 H) 6.50 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 6.79 (s, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.17 (m, 1 H) 7.18 - 7.24 (m, 1 H) 7.34 - 7.43 (m, 3 H) 12.15 (d, J=7.42 Hz, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Title compound was produced using the general methodology of Example 41 , Step B affording an off-white solid. Yield 71 mg, 48%. MS (APCI) m/z 383.5 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.05 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.35 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.73 (td, J=12.15, 4.59 Hz, 1 H) 4.10 (td, J=11 .90, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 4.16 - 4.34 (m, 1 H) 6.46 (dt, J=6.98, 1.88 Hz, 1 H) 6.55 (s, 1 H) 7.23 - 7.36 (m, 2 H) 7.42 - 7.52 (m, 1 H) 7.56 (td, J=7.90, 1.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.10 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 44
(2R)-4-r4-(2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000097_0002
Step A) (2R -r4-(2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyDhenvn-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl- 2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid (1 13mg, 0.602mmol. The resulting crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 132mg, 42.6%. MS (APCI) m/z 515.5 (M+H)1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.54 - 1.66 (m, 3 H) 1.68 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.71 - 1.97 (m, 3 H) 2.30 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 2.45 - 2.58 (m, 1 H) 3.18 (d, J=3.12 Hz, 3 H) 3.54 - 3.68 (m, 1 H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.08 (m, 1 H) 4.1 1 - 4.23 (m, 1 H) 4.26 - 4.40 (m, 1 H) 5.10 - 5.21 (m, 1 H) 6.42 - 6.53 (m, 1 H) 6.75 (s, 1 H) 6.77 - 6.86 (m, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.17 (m, 1 H) 7.37 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 12.10 (d, J=7.61 Hz, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N- hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
A solution of 1 .0 M aqueous HCI (2.76ml_) was added slowly to a solution of (2R)-4-[4- (2,3-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (132mg, 0.26 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (15ml_) at room temperature. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After 18 hours the reaction was concentrated to 25% of the original volume, resulting in a white precipitate. The precipitate was filtered via Buchner funnel and washed with hexanes (20ml_) to afford a white solid. Yield 45mg, 41 %. MS (APCI) m/z 431.1 (M+H).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (td, J=12.20, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 2.35 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.72 (td, J=12.05, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 3.90 (s, 3 H) 4.09 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.27 Hz, 1 H) 6.46 (dt, J=7.02, 1.85 Hz, 1 H) 6.54 (s, 1 H) 7.03 - 7.17 (m, 1 H) 7.37 (td, J=8.63, 2.24 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 9.22 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.10 (s, 1 H)
Example 45
(2R)-4-r4-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H Il-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000099_0001
Step A) (2R)-4-r4-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (105mg, 0.602mmol). The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 137mg, 45.4%. MS (APCI (type)) m/z 523.5 (M+Na). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .55 - 1 .66 (m, 3 H) 1 .70 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.73 - 1.98 (m, 3 H) 2.33 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 2.47 - 2.63 (m, 1 H) 3.20 (d, J=3.71 Hz, 3 H) 3.55 - 3.72 (m, 1 H) 3.99 - 4.1 1 (m, 1 H) 4.12 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.30 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 5.1 1 - 5.23 (m, 1 H) 6.45 - 6.51 (m, 1 H) 6.78 (d, J=0.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.13 - 7.20 (m, 1 H) 7.26 - 7.33 (m, 1 H) 7.40 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 - 7.50 (m, 1 H) 12.04 (d, J=4.29 Hz, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Title compound was produced using the general methodology of Example 44, Step B. Yield 64mg, 56%. MS (APCI) m/z 417.5 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.14 (td, J = 12.05, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 2.33 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.74 (td, J=1 1.71 , 4.68 Hz, 1 H) 4.10 (td, J=11 .85, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.47 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 6.57 (s, 1 H) 7.31 (t, J=7.81 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 (t, J=6.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.66 (d, J=14.83 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (d, J=6.83 Hz, 1 H) 9.22 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .09 (s, 1 H)
Example 46
(2R)-4-r4-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step A) (2R)-4-r4-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide Title compound was produced by following the general method of Example 41 , Step A, using (2,3-dichlorophenyl)boronic acid (1 15mg, 0.602mmol). The resulting crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution solvent: ethyl acetate) to provide title compound as a viscous, foamy oil. Yield: 142mg, 45.6%. MS (APCI (type)) m/z 539.5 (M+Na).1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.53 - 1.67 (m, 3 H) 1.68 - 1.73 (m, 3 H) 1.73 - 1.98 (m, 3 H) 2.36 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 2.48 - 2.61 (m, 1 H) 3.20 (d, J=4.49 Hz, 3 H) 3.57 - 3.73 (m, 1 H) 3.96 - 4.09 (m, 1 H) 4.12 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.27 - 4.49 (m, 1 H) 5.03 - 5.32 (m, 1 H) 6.21 - 6.42 (m, 1 H) 6.62 (d, J=1 .76 Hz, 1 H) 7.00 - 7.19 (m, 1 H) 7.21 - 7.29 (m, 1 H) 7.38 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.51 (dd, J=8.00, 1.56 Hz, 1 H) 12.03 (s, 1 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-
2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Title compound was produced using the general methodology of Example 44, Step B. Yield 30mg, 25%. MS (APCI) m/z 433.4 (M+H).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.10 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.31 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.74 (td, J=12.00, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 4.10 (td, J=1 1.85, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 6.34 (dd, J=7.02, 1.95 Hz, 1 H) 6.40 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.33 - 7.39 (m, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.48 (m, 1 H) 7.69 (dd, J=7.90, 1.66 Hz, 1 H) 7.73 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 9.22 (s, 1 H) 1 1.09 (s, 1 H)
Example 47
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-4- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
Figure imgf000101_0001
Step A) 4-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenylltetrahvdro-2H- pyran
To a solution of 4-(4-bromophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (250 mg, 1 .04 mmol) in dioxane (7 mL) was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (290 mg, 1.14 mmol) and potassium acetate (210 mg, 2.07 mmol), followed by PdCI2(dppf) (80.1 mg, 0.104 mmol, 10 mol%). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature then added 5 mL of water and 10 mL of ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (10mL X 3) and the combined organics were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (Gradient: 0% to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane) to give the title compound as a solid (33.8 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.29 (s, 1 H) 1.28 (s, 1 1 H) 1.64 (br. s., 4 H) 2.77 (br. s., 1 h) 3.42 (br. s., 2 H) 3.92 (br. s., 2 H) 7.26 (d, J=8.01 Hz, 2 H) 7.61 (d, J=8.20 HZ, 2 H).
Step B) (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-r4-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-4- yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide To a flask of 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]tetrahydro-2H- pyran (98.3 mg, 0.341 mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, (170 mg, 0.341 mmol) was added Pd(ll)Encat (1 13 mg, 0.034 mmol, 10 mol%) followed by dioxane (5.0 mL) and 2.0 M potassium carbonate (0.51 1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for overnight at 80°C. The reaction mixture was cooled and poured onto celite. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (Gradient: 0% to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane) to give the title compound as a glass (82mg, 45%). LCMS m/z 533.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.61 (br. s., 2 H) 1.73 (d, J=7.23 Hz, 3 H) 1 .75 - 1.89 (m, 1 H) 1.75 - 1.89 (m, 6 H) 2.40 (dddd, J=13.35, 10.86, 7.91 , 5.18 Hz, 1 H) 2.54 - 2.68 (m, 1 H) 2.82 - 2.93 (m, 1 H) 3.10 - 3.15 (m, 3 H) 3.54 - 3.64 (m, 3 H) 3.91 - 4.02 (m, 1 H) 4.02 - 4.07 (m, 2 H) 4.14 - 4.24 (m, 1 H) 4.24 - 4.36 (m, 1 H) 5.05 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 1 H) 6.74 - 6.81 (m, 2 H) 7.39 (m, J=8.40 Hz, 2 H) 7.65 (m, J=8.20 Hz, 2 H) 7.71 (dd, J=6.74, 5.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 (dd, J=6.74, 5.76 Hz, 1 H).
Step C) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-f2-oxo-4-r4-(tetrahvdro-2H-
Pyran-4-yl)phenyllpyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide
To a solution of (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (82 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 2-propanol (1.5 ml.) was added 1.0 N hydrochloric acid (0.77 ml_). The solution was stirred for 1 h. The reaction was concentrated, the residue was triturated with 2-propanol as a white suspension at 50° C for 30 minutes. A white solid was collected by filtration (75%). LCMS m/z 449.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 1.65 - 1.74 (m, 4 H) 2.1 1 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 2.83 (tt, J = 10.40, 5.42 Hz, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.39 - 3.49 (m, 2 H) 3.74 (td, J = 12.01 , 4.69 Hz, 1 H) 3.92 - 3.99 (m, 2 H) 4.1 1 (td, J = 1 1.91 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 6.65 (dd, J = 7.03, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.69 (d, J = 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 (m, 2 H) 7.67 (m, 2 H) 7.74 (d, J = 7.23 Hz, 1 H) 9.27 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .19 (s, 1 H).
Example 48
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(2-methoxyethyl)thiolphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000102_0001
Step A) 2-f4-r(2-Methoxyethvnthiolphenyl>-4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2- dioxaborolane
The title compound was produced by following the general methodology of Example 47, Step A, using 1-bromo-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)thio]benzene (250 mg, 1.01 mmol.) in place of 4-(4-bromophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran. The title compound was obtained an oil (67.5 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .28 (s, 12 H) 3.18 (t, J=6.45 Hz, 2 H) 3.25 (s, 3 H) 3.52 (t, J=6.45 Hz, 2 H) 7.31 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 2 H) 7.31 (d, J=4.88 Hz, 1 H) 7.58 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 2 H)
Step B) (2R)-4-r4-{4-r(2-methoxyethyl)thiolphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide The title compound was produced by following the general methodology of Example 47, Step B, giving the title compound as a solid (66.8%). LCMS m/z 539.0 (M + 1 ).
Step C) (2RVN-hvdroxy-4-r4-f4-r(2-methoxyethvnthiolphenyl>-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HV vH-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
The title compound was produced by following the general methodology of Example 47, Step C, producing a white solid that was collected by filtration (64%). LCMS m/z 455.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.16 (ddd, J=12.65, 6.20, 5.96 Hz, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.22 (t, J=6.45 Hz, 2 H) 3.26 (s, 3 H) 3.54 (t, J=6.45 Hz, 2 H) 3.74 (td, J=12.01 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 4.1 1 (td, J=1 1.91 , 5.08 Hz, 1 H) 6.67 (dd, J=7.13, 2.05 Hz, 1 H) 6.71 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 7.68 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 7.76 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H)
Example 49A
(2/?)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-/\/-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000103_0001
Step A: 2-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane To a solution of 1-bromo-4-chloro-2,3-difluorobenzene (720 mg, 3.17 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added /'-propylmagesiumchloride (1.90 ml_, 3.80 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 1 h. Then 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxa-borolane (0.98 mL, 4.75 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was used directly in the next step. Step B: (2R -r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluoroDhenylV2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
Into the THF solution of 2-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborolane (771 mg, 2.81 mmol) was added 1.0 M K3P04 (7.02 mL), ethyl (2R)-4-(4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (1000 mg, 2.34 mmol) and Pd(ll)dppf.DCM (90 mg, 0.1 17 mmol, 5 mol %). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 65 0 C. To the reaction mixture was then added a solution of LiOH (168 mg, 7.02 mmol) in water (7.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min at 55 0 C. The reaction mixture was treated with 1 N NaOH (4 mL) and the aqueous layer was separated and adjusted to a pH of 2 with 3 N HCI. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as an off-white solid ( 0.88 g, 89.6%) LCMS m/z 420.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.20 (ddd, J=13.12, 10.68, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 2.40 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.17 (s, 3 H) 3.95 (ddd, J=12.54, 10.88, 5.66 Hz, 1 H) 4.10 (ddd, J=12.63, 10.78, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 6.47 (dt, J=7.02, 1.85 Hz, 1 H) 6.58 - 6.61 (m, 1 H) 7.42 - 7.49 (m, 1 H) 7.52 - 7.58 (m, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H).
Step C: (2R)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
To a suspension of (2R)-4-[4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (4500 mg, 10.7 mmol) in Me-THF (450 mL) was added N-methyl morpholine (1 .80 mL, 16.1 mmol) and 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5- triazine (2520 mg, 13.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To the mixture was added 0-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)hydroxylamine (1630 mg, 13.9 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was washed with water and passed through pad of sodium sulfate, celite and silica gel. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined organic solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a solid in quantitative yield. LCMS m/z 519.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.48 - 1.57 (m, 3 H) 1.59 (d, J=3.90 Hz, 3 H) 1.64 - 1.74 (m, 3 H) 2.15 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 2.39 - 2.49 (m, 1 H) 3.10 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3 H) 3.46 - 3.58 (m, 1 H) 3.70 - 3.83 (m, 1 H) 4.03 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 4.07 - 4.21 (m, 1 H) 4.95 - 5.01 (m, 1 H) 6.48 - 6.53 (m, 1 H) 6.61 - 6.64 (m, 1 H) 7.42 - 7.49 (m, 1 H) 7.51 - 7.59 (m, 1 H) 7.79 (dd, J=10.83, 7.12 Hz, 1 H), H-N wasn't observed. 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm -138.09 (dd, J=22.56, 7.52 Hz) -139.10 (dd, J=22.56, 7.52 Hz) Step D: (2RV4-r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenvn-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
To a heterogeneous mixture of (2R)-4-[4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(14500 mg, 26.94 mmol) in Ethanol (50 mL) and water (100 mL) was added a solution of PPTS (pyridinium p-touluenesulfonate) (7090 mg, 27.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at 70 0 C and a solid formed. The solid was collected via filtration and dried to furnish the title compound as a white solid (5.7 g, 46.9%). The filtrate was concentrated to half the volume and more desired product formed and was collected via filtration to provide additional title compound (3.3 g, 27.1 %). LCMS m/z 435.0 (M + 1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 3 H) 2.06 - 2.20 (m, 1 H) 2.36 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.67 - 3.81 (m, 1 H) 4.10 (ddd, J=12.20, 1 1.32, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 6.47 (dt, J=7.17, 1.98 Hz, 1 H) 6.57 - 6.62 (m, 1 H) 7.39 - 7.47 (m, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.57 (m, 1 H) 7.77 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H) 9.23 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1 .08 (s, 1 H) 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm -138.08 (dd, J=22.56, 7.52 Hz) -139.09 (dd, J=22.56, 7.52 Hz).
Example 49B
Alternative preparation of (2/?)-4-r4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2/-/)-yll- /V-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide The title compound was made via a sequential procedure comprised of borylation, Suzuki coupling and THP removal. This one pot method could readily be applied to other compounds of the invention.
To a THF solution of 4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl bromide (1 .0 mmol, 227 mg in 3 mL) at 0°C was added 1.1 eq. i-PrMgBr (2.0 M in THF, 0.55 mL) slowly over 5 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. To the reaction mixture was added 2- isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.1 mmol, 204 mg) under N2. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5 min and then RT for 30 min. LCMS indicated all bromide starting material was consumed. In a separate flask was added (2R)-4-(4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide (T6), which may be produced as in Preparation 2 B, (1 ,0 mmol, 500 mg), K2C03 (3.0 mmol, 420 mg), 3 mL DMF and 0.3 mL water. The boronate rxn mixture was then added into this flask. The mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling N2 through for 10 min. Pd EnCat (0.15 equiv., 0.15 mmol, 460 mg) was added and bubbled with N2 for an additional 5 mins. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h under N2 and turned into a black dry solid. LCMS indicated 54% coupled product, m/z 519.3 (M+1 ), 435.2 (M+1-THP) and 25% coupled product without THPm/z 435.2 (M+1 ). To the mixture was added 8 mL DCM and 12 mL trifluoroacetic acid. Mixture stirred at RT for 1 h. LCMS indicated complete THP deprotection. The mixture was concentrated on the rotavap. The residue was treated with 6 mL DMSO, loaded onto a 5 g C18 pre-column, and purified using a 25 g C18 column with 0 to 80% ACN in water with 0.1 % formic acid at a flow rate of 25 mL/min in 50 CV. The combined fractions furnished an off white solid, 257 mg (59%).
Example 50
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)pyridin-
1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
Figure imgf000106_0001
The title compound was produced by following the general methodology of Example 21 , Step A through C using 2,3,4-trifluorophenylboronic acid instead of (2-Fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl)boronic acid with comparable yields. MS (LCMS) m/z 419.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .54 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.18 (m, 1 H) 2.37 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.07 (s, 3 H) 3.68 - 3.78 (m, 1 H) 4.04 - 4.14 (m, 1 H) 6.43 - 6.48 (m, 1 H) 6.57 (s, 1 H) 7.36 - 7.49 (m, 2 H) 7.76 (d, J=7.08 Hz, 1 H) 9.21 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.08 (s, 1 H).
Example 51
4-r4-(Benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000106_0002
Step A) 4-r4-(Benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl) butanoate
To a solution of ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (345 mg, 1.20 mmol) and 4-(benzyloxy)pyridin-2-ol (201 mg, 1.00 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added cesium carbonate (652 mg, 2.00) at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C overnight. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate; the filtrates were combined and concentrated to a crude residue. The material was purified via filtration through a silica gel pad and eluted with heptanes/ethyl acetate. The desired fractions were isolated and the solvent removed via rotary evaporation affording ethyl 4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate as a white solid. 302.2 mg. 1H NMR (CD3OD) 7.47, (1 H, d), 7.41-7.29 (5H, m), 6.15-6.13, (1 H, dd), 5.96 (1 H, d), 5.07 (2H, s), 4.20-4.12 (2H, m), 4.00-3.93 (1 H, m), 3.47 (1 H, q), 3.21 (3H, s), 2.60-2.53 (1 H, m), 2.32-2.25 (1 H, M), 3.20 (3H, s), 1.26 (3H, t) ppm.
Step B) 4-r4-(Benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)
butanoic acid
To a solution of ethyl ethyl 4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (740 mg, 1.82 mmol) in tetrahyrofuran/methanol/water (4:1 :1 , 18.2 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (152 mg, 3.63 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with aqueous HCI (1 N in water) and extracted with ether 2x. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford 4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid as a solid. 674.9 mg.
LCMS: (M+1 ) 380
Step C) 4-r4-(BenzyloxyV2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-N- (tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
To a solution of 4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (670 mg, 1 .77 mmol) in methylene chloride (18 mL) at ambient temperature was added 1 ,(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (474 mg, 2.47 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole monohydrate (487 mg, 3.18 mmol), triethylamine (443 uL, 3.18 mmol) and 0-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl- hydroxylamine (310 mg, 2.65 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with methylene chloride and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride two times. The organic extracts were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a crude residue. The crude residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with methylene chloride and methanol. The fractions containing desired product were combined and concentrated to afford 4-[4-(benzyloxy)- 2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide as an oil. 536.3 mg
LCMS: (M-1 ) 477.3
Step D) 4-r4-(BenzyloxyV2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVyll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
4-[4-(Benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (536.3 mg, 1.12 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 ml.) at ambient temperature. To this solution was added HCI (4M in 1 ,4-dioxane, 8.41 ml_, 30 mmol) and the slurry was stirred at RT for 15 minutes. Methanol (1 ml.) was added followed by silica gel and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude material purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with methylene
chloride/methanol to afford title compound as a solid 1 17.8 mg. LCMS: (M+1 ) 395.3 1H NMR (CD3OD) 7.51 (1 H, d, J=7.62 Hz), 7.42-7.32 (5H, m), 6.18 (1 H, dd, J=7.42, J=2.73), 5.09 (2H, s), 4.21-4.13 (1 H, m), 3.85-3.77 (1 H, m), 3.08 (3H, s), 2.53-2.45 (1 H, m), 2.32-2.25 (1 H, m), 1.65 (3H, s) ppm.
Example 52
N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000108_0001
Step A) 4-lodo-3-methylpyridin-2( 1 H)-one
To a solution of 2-fluoro-4-iodo-3-methylpyridine (1 .68 g, 7.09 mmol) in 1 ,4- dioxane/water (1 :1 , 5.2 ml_) was added concentrated HCI (5.5 ml_). The resulting clear solution was heated to 100° C. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and was stirred overnight, during which time a precipate formed. The mixture was filtered and dried to a constant weight to afford 4-iodo-3- methylpyridin-2(1 H)-one as a yellow solid 1 .47 g.
Step B) 4-(4-lodo-3-methyl-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonvn butanoate
To a solution of ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (2.08 g, 7.25 mmol) and 4-iodo-3-methylpyridin-2(1 H)-one (1.42 g, 6.04 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60.4 ml.) was added cesium carbonate (4.06 g, 12.1 ) at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C overnight. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was concentrated to a crude residue. The material was purified via filtration through a silica gel pad, eluting with heptanes/ethyl acetate. The desired fractions were isolated, the solvent removed via rotary evaporation affording ethyl 4-(4- iodo-3-methyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate as an oil. 1.97 g
LCMS: (M+1 ) 442
Step C) Ethyl 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H ylV2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Water (1 ml.) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (392 mg, 2.84 mg), phenylboronic acid (76.1 mg, 0.624 mmol), and ethyl 4-(4-iodo-3-methyl-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (250 mg, 0.567 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 ml.) at ambient temperature. To this mixture was added Pd EnCat™ (154 mg, 0.06 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 80°C overnight. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. To the organic extract was added silica gel and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The material was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/heptanes to afford ethyl 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate as an oil. 1 18.3 mg
LCMS: (M+ 1 ) 392.3 Step D) 2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) butanoic acid
To a solution of ethyl 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (1 18.3 mg, 0.313 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water
(4:1 :1 , 3.13 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (26.3 mg, 0.626 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with aqueous HCI (1 N in water) and extracted with ethyl acetate 2x. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid as a solid. 109.4 mg.
LCMS: (M+1 ) 364.3
Step E) 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
To a solution of 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (109.4 mg, 0.301 mmol) in methylene chloride (3 mL) at ambient temperature was added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (80.7 mg, 0.421 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole monohydrate (83 mg, 0.542 mmol), triethyl amine (75 uL, 0.542 mmol) and 0-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl- hydroxylamine (53 mg, 0.452 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with methylene chloride and washed successively with sat.aqeous sodium bicarbonate, aqueous HCI (1 N) and water. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a crude residue. The crude residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with methylene chloride and methanol. The fractions containing the desired product were combined and concentrated to afford 2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a solid. 137.3 mg
LCMS: (M-1 ) 477.3
Step F) N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (137 mg, 0.296 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (2 mL) at ambient temperature. To this solution was added HCI (4M in 1 ,4- dioxane, 2.22 ml_, 8.88 mmol) and the slurry was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 minutes. Methanol (1 ml.) was added followed by silica gel and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. Crude material was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with methylene chloride/methanol to afford N-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methyl-2- oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide as a solid. 65.8 mg LCMS: (M+1 ) 379.3
1H NMR (CD3OD) 7.52 (1 H, d, J=7.03 Hz), 7.47-7.38 (3H, m), 7.33-7.30 (2H, m), 6.32 (1 H, d, J=6.83), 4.34-4.27 (1 H, m), 3.95-3.88 (1 H, m), 3.10 (3H, s), 2.61 -254 (1 H, m), 2.41-2.34 (1 H, m), 2.03 (3H, s), 1.70 (3H, s) ppm.
Example 53
Cvclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvd
pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000111_0001
Step A) 4-(4-Cvclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-
(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
A solution of cyclohexylmagnesium bromide (1 .0M sol in THF, 1.6ml_, 1.56mmol) was added to a suspension of copper (I) bromide-DMS complex in 6ml_ THF at -78°C under N2. The mixture was warmed to room temperature until a dark colored solution was observed (ca 15min) then re-cooled to -78°C. A suspension of 4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, which may be produced as in Preparation 2A (249mg, 0.5mmol) in THF (6ml_) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred at -78°C for 2 hours then warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. aq. NH4CI (6ml_) and diluted with water (60ml_) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x60ml_). The combined organics were washed with water 100ml_ and brine 100ml_, and dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to furnish 300mg crude oil. The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: 100:0 heptanes:ethyl acetate to 0:100 heptane:ethyl acetate) to afford a clear oil (274mg, 96%) as a mixture of unreacted starting material and title compound.
Step B) 4-(4-Cvclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
A 4.0 M solution of HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (3.3 mL) was added slowly to a solution of the 4- (4-cyclohexyl-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (220mg, 0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) followed by methanol (1 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the title compound was purified using reverse phase chromatography (Gradient used with formic acid modifier(0.05%), 95:5 water: acetonitrile to 5:95 water: acetonitrile).
Gradient time 6 minutes. Furnished a white solid (105mg, 58.6%) MS (LC/MS) m/z 371 .6 (M+1 )
Example 54
2-Ethyl-N-hvdroxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanamide
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step A) Ethyl 2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Ethyl(methylsulfonyl)acetate (0.79 mL, 5.8 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added dropwise via syringe to a mixture of sodium hydride (0.25 g 60% in mineral oil, 6.1 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in DMF (20 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min, after which time 1-iodoethane (0.48 mL, 5.8 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added. The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. A solution of saturated ammonium chloride (10 mL) and water (10 mL) were added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (1 x 25 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with water (1 x 10 mL), brine (1 x 5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 - 0:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a white solid (0.29 g, 26%). MS (LCMS) m/z 195.4 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.05 (t, J=7.41 Hz, 3 H) 1.33 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.99 - 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.99 (s, 3 H) 3.66 (dd, J=10.54, 3.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.30 (q, J=7.22 Hz, 2 H). Step B) Ethyl 4-bromo-2-ethyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Sodium hydride (66 mg, 1.6 mmol, 1 .05 equiv) was added to a solution of the ethyl 2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (0.29 g, 1 .5 mmol, 1 .0 equiv) in DMF (5 mL) at room temperature. After 30 min, 1 ,2-dibromopropane (0.42 g, 2.2 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added, and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight. Water (5 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (1 x 20 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (1 x 5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2:1 - 1 :1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a colorless oil (0.17 g, 37%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.03 (t,
J=7.51 Hz, 3 H) 1.33 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.97 - 2.23 (m, 2 H) 2.54 (ddd, J=14.63, 12.20, 5.17 Hz, 1 H) 2.76 (ddd, J=14.63, 12.10, 4.68 Hz, 1 H) 3.06 (s, 3 H) 3.50 - 3.61 (m, 1 H) 3.69 (ddd, J=12.20, 9.76, 4.59 Hz, 1 H) 4.31 (q, J=7.02 Hz, 2 H). Step C) Ethyl 2-ethyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-(2-oxo-4-DhenylDyridin-1 (2HV
vQbutanoate
Cesium carbonate (0.71 g, 2.2 mmol, 4.0 equiv) was added to a solution of the 4- phenylpyridin-2-ol (0.10 g, 0.58 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and ethyl 4-bromo-2-ethyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (0.17 g, 0.55 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 55 °C and allowed to stir for 3 days. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), filtered through a pad of Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (4:1 - 0:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a light yellow oil (43 mg, 20%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.15 (t, J=7.42 Hz, 3 H) 1.33 (t, J=7.13 Hz, 3 H) 2.07 - 2.19 (m, 1 H) 2.26 - 2.36 (m, 1 H) 2.44 (ddd, J=14.89, 1 1.18, 4.98 Hz, 1 H) 2.59 - 2.71 (m, 1 H) 3.15 (s, 3 H) 4.19 - 4.37 (m, 4 H) 6.45 (dd, J=7.03, 1 .56 Hz, 1 H) 6.72 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 7.38 - 7.48 (m, 4 H) 7.53 - 7.60 (m, 2 H).
Step D) 2-Ethyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoic acid Potassium hydroxide (37 mg, 0.66 mmol, 6.0 equiv) was added to a solution of ethyl 2- ethyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoate (43 mg, 0.1 1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 2:2:1 tetrahydrofuran-methanol-water (2.5 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a wet residue that was diluted with water (5 mL) and acidified (to pH=2) with 1 .0 hydrochloric acid. The resulting white precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (34 mg, 85%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.09 (t, J=7.52 Hz, 3 H) 1.42 (s, 3 H) 1 .93 - 2.07 (m, 1 H) 2.23 - 2.37 (m, 2 H) 2.55 (d, J=5.66 Hz, 1 H) 3.25 (s, 3 H) 4.10 - 4.24 (m, 2 H) 4.47 - 4.59 (m, 2 H) 6.63 - 6.67 (m, 1 H) 6.90 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 - 7.50 (m, 4 H) 7.54 - 7.62 (m, 2 H).
Step E) 2-Ethyl-2-(methylsulfonvn-4-(2-oxo-4-DhenylDyridin-1 (2H n-N-
(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Diisopropylethylamine (35 uL, 0.2 mmol, 2.1 equiv) and 1 -hydroxyl benzotriazole monohydrate (27 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.9 equiv) were added sequentially to a solution of 2- ethyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanoic acid (34 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at room temperature. After 30 min, O- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)hydroxylamine (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.3 equiv) and N-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (26 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.4 equiv) were added, and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight. Water (2 mL) was added, the organic phase was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 - 0:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide a colorless oil (45 mg, 100%). MS (LCMS) m/z 461.8 (M-1 ).
Step F) 2-Ethyl-N-hvdroxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)- vPbutanamide
A solution of hydrochloric acid (0.5 mL, 4.0 M in 1 ,4-dioxane) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-ethyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (45 mg, 0.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and methanol (0.1 mL) at 0 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether, filtered, washed with heptane, and dried under reduced pressure to provide an off-white solid (10 mg, 27%). MS (LCMS) m/z 379.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 0.97 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.86-1.95 (m, 1 H), 2.31 -2.45 (m, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.08 (m 1 H), 4.53-4.63 (m, 1 H), 6.69 (br d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (br s, 1 H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.55-7.60 (m, 2H). Example 55
(2R)-4-(3-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2HVvn-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000115_0001
Step A) 3-Fluoro-4-iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one
2,3-Difluoro-4-iodopyridine (300 mg, 1 .24 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid: water (2:1 , 15 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at this temperature overnight. Reaction was concentrated to dryness, and triturated in water (10 mL) for 30 min. The solid was collected via filtration, washed with water (2x10 mL), and pentane (2x20 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (354 mg, 71.4%). LC-MS m/z 342.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 6.56 - 6.82 (m, 1 H) 6.83 - 7.18 (m, 1 H).
Step B) Ethyl (2R)-4-(3-fluoro-4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Cesium carbonate (1.50 g, 4.60 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-fluoro-4- iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one (354 mg, 1 .48 mmol) and ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate (595 mg, 2.07 mmol in THF (25 mL). The resulting suspension was heated to 50°C and stirred overnight. The reaction was heated to 70°C and stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite (~1 inch), and the filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (2x30 ml). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the crude was purified via flash chromatography on an Analogix SF15-24g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (50-100%) to afford the title compounds as a clear gum (366mg, 55.5%). LC-MS m/z 445.9 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.35 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.76 (s, 3 H) 2.43 - 2.56 (m, 2 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.97 - 4.10 (m, 1 H) 4.20 - 4.38 (m, 3 H) 6.50 (dd, 1 H) 6.75 - 6.98 (m, 1 H). Step C) Ethyl (2RV4-(3-fluoro-2-oxo-4-DhenylDyridin-1 (2H n-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Pd EnCat (172 mg, 0.067 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (298 mg, 2.16 mmol), phenylboronic acid (132 mg, 1.08 mmol), and ethyl (2R)-4-(3-fluoro-4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (288 mg, 0.647 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane:water (10 ml, 4:1 ) in a 20 ml vial. The vial was sealed and the reaction was heated to 80°C and allowed to stir overnight at that temperature. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT, filtered and the catalyst was washed with methanol (20 ml.) and dichloromethane (20 ml_). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the crude product was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF15-12g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (60-100%) to afford the title compound as a white solid (131 mg, 51 .2%). LC-MS m/z 396.1 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM- d) δ ppm 1.36 (t, J=7A 2 Hz, 3 H) 1 .79 (s, 3 H) 2.46 - 2.67 (m, 2 H) 3.14 (s, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.16 (m, 1 H) 4.22 - 4.44 (m, 3 H) 6.24 - 6.39 (m, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.22 (m, 1 H) 7.38 - 7.55 (m, 3 H) 7.54 - 7.63 (m, 2 H).
Step D) (2RV4-(3-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-DhenylDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
Potassium hydroxide (120 mg, 2.14 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl (2R)-4-(3- fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (131 mg, 0.33 mmol) in THF:methanol:water (2:2: 1 , 10 ml.) and the reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in aqueous 1 N sodium hydroxide (20 ml_), washed with ethyl acetate (3x20 ml_), acidified using concentrated HCI, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 ml_). The combined organics were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid (88.4 mg, 72.7%). LC-MS m/z 383.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .59 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.30 (m, 1 H) 3.17 (s, 3 H) 3.93 - 4.23 (m, 2 H) 6.43 (t, J=6.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.44 - 7.56 (m, 3 H) 7.57 - 7.66 (m, 3 H).
Step E) (2R)-4-(3-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-DhenylDyridin-1 (2HVvn-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (2R)-4-(3-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (88.4 mg, 0.241 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (5 ml) and treated with Hunig's Base (93 uL, 0.54 mmol) followed by HOBt (78 mg, 0.51 mmol) and the solution was stirred at RT for 30 minutes. The mixture was then treated with THP-ONH2 (46 mg, 0.39 mmol) followed by EDCI (71 mg, 0.37 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to stir at RT. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF10-8g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (50-100%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (1 10 mg, 97.9%). LC-MS m/z 465.0 (M-1 ).
Step F) (2R)-4-(3-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Pyrinium p-toluenesulfonate (20 mg, 0.080 mmol) was added to a solution of (2R)-4-(3- fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (1 10 mg, 0.236 mmol) in ethanol (5 ml) and heated at reflux for 3 hours. The solution was cooled to RT, and upon cooling, a solid precipitated. The solid was collected via filtration and washed with ethanol (5 mL), heptane (10 mL), and ether (10 mL). The solid was dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (38.4 mg, 42.6%). LC-MS m/z 383.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .60 (s, 3 H) 2.10 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.94 (m, 1 H) 4.07 - 4.30 (m, 1 H) 6.46 (t, J=6.93 Hz, 1 H) 7.46 - 7.57 (m, 3 H) 7.59 - 7.65 (m, 3 H)
Example 56
(2RV4-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2HVylVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000117_0001
Step A) 2,5-difluoro-4-iodopyridine
n-Butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 18.6 mL, 46.5 mmol) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (6.51 mL, 46.1 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (85 mL) at -78°C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. A solution of 2,5-difluoropyridine (5.0 g, 43 mmol) in anhydrous THF (12 mL) was added dropwise via cannula and the reaction was stirred at -78°C for 3 hours. After this time, iodine (12.1 g, 47.8 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added dropwise via cannula to the reaction at -78°C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour after complete addition. Water (100 mL) was added to the reaction and the temperature was allowed to come to RT. The reaction was extracted with diethyl ether (3x100 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (100 mL), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The crude was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF40-80g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-10%) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (4.60 g, 44%). LC-MS m/z 242.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.39 (t, J=3.71 Hz, 1 H) 7.96 (d, J=1.56 Hz, 1 H). Step B) 5-Fluoro-4-iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one
2,5-Difluoro-4-iodopyridine (500 mg, 2.08 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid:water (2:1 , 30 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (491 mg, 99.0%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.02 (d, J=5.07 Hz, 1 H) 7.69 (d, J=2.34 Hz, 1 H).
Step C) Ethyl (2R)-4-(5-fluoro-4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Cesium carbonate (2.01 g, 6.16 mmol) was added to a solution of the 5-fluoro-4- iodopyridin-2(1 H)-one (491 mg, 2.06 mmol) and ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (767 mg, 2.67 mmol in THF (30 mL). The resulting suspension was heated to reflux and stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite (~1 inch), and the filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (2x30 ml). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the crude was purified via flash chromatography on an Analogix SF15-12g column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (30-100%) to afford the title compound as a white gum (319 mg, 34.9%). LC- MS m/z 446.0 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .35 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.75 (s, 3 H) 2.40 - 2.58 (m, 2 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.87 - 3.99 (m, 1 H) 4.16 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.29 (q, J=7.22 Hz, 2 H) 7.15 (d, J=5.85 Hz, 1 H) 7.20 (d, J=3.32 Hz, 1 H).
Step D) Ethyl (2R)-4-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoate
Pd EnCat™ (95 mg, 0.037 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (312 mg, 2.26 mmoll), phenylboronic acid (131 mg, 1.07 mmol), and ethyl (2R)-4-(5-fluoro-4- iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (319 mg, 0.716 mmol) in dioxane:water (10 ml, 4:1 ) in a 20 mL vial equipped with a stir bar. The reaction was heated to 90°C and allowed to stir overnight at that temperature. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT, filtered and the catalyst was washed with methanol (10 ml) and dichloromethane (10 ml). The filtrate was concentrated to afford a crude solid. The crude was purified via flash chromatography using an Analogix SF15-12 column and an eluant of ethyl acetate in heptane (50-100%) and methanol in ethyl acetate (0-5%) to afford the title compound as a yellowish white solid (250 mg, 64.8%). LC-MS m/z 396.1 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.62 (s, 3 H) 2.15 - 2.32 (m, 1 H) 2.53 - 2.66 (m, 1 H) 3.16 (s, 3 H) 3.89 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.07 - 4.26 (m, 2 H) 6.50 (d, J=7.61 Hz, 0 H) 7.20 - 8.12 (m, 6 H).
Step E) (2R -(5-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2HVylV2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid
Ethyl(2R)-4-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoate was converted to the title product following the procedure for the preparation of (2R)-4-(3-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid as described in Example 55, Step D. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (171 mg, 73.6%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.09 - 2.31 (m, 0 H) 2.39 - 2.63 (m, 1 H) 3.17 (s, 3 H) 3.83 - 4.19 (m, 2 H) 6.49 (d, J=7.61 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.68 (m, 5 H) 8.06 (d, J=6.63 Hz, 1 H).
Step F) ((2R)-4-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(5-Fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid was converted to the title product following the procedure for the preparation of (2R)-4-(3-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as described in Example 55, Step E. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (197 mg, 90.9%) LC-MS m/z 465.0 (M-1 ). Step G) (2RV4-(5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2HVylVN-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (22 mg, 0.088 mmol) was added to a solution of (2R)-4- (5-fluoro-2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (197 mg, 0.422 mmol). The solution was heated to reflux in ethanol (10 ml) and stirred at this temperature until complete. The solution was cooled to RT, and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The solid was triturated in ethanol (5 ml_), collected via filtration, then washed with ethanol (3x5 ml_), hexanes (10 ml_), and ether (3x10 ml_). The solid was dried under vacuum to afford a white solid (85.1 g, 76.4%). LC-MS m/z 383.1 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.1 1 - 2.23 (m, 0 H) 2.41 - 2.55 (m, 1 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 3.73 - 3.84 (m, 1 H) 3.99 - 4.1 1 (m, 1 H) 6.53 (d, J=7.61 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.73 (m, 5 H) 8.04 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 1 H) 9.24 (s, 1 H) 1 1.10 (s, 1 H).
Example 57
2-(ethylsulfonyl)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-phenylpyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanamide
Figure imgf000120_0001
The title compound was prepared following analogous procedures described wherein sodium ethyl sulfinate was used instead sodium methyl sulfinate for the preparation of 1A to provide 2-ethanesulfonyl-propionic acid ethyl ester. The title compound may then be produced by following the general methodology of Example 1 1. MS (LCMS) m/z 379.5 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 1.33 (t, J=7.51 Hz, 3 H) 1.72 (s, 3 H) 2.34 - 2.46 (m, 0 H) 2.62 - 2.73 (m, 0 H) 3.29 - 3.33 (m, 2 H) 4.02 - 4.13 (m, 1 H) 4.33 - 4.44 (m, 1 H) 6.98 (s, 1 H) 7.03 (d, J=7.42 Hz, 1 H) 7.47 - 7.54 (m, 3 H) 7.68 - 7.75 (m, 2 H) 7.91 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H).
Example 58
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(4-methoxy-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)phenyll-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-
2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000121_0001
Step A) 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole 1-oxide
Water (20ml) was added to a flask containing glyoxal (2.0g, 14mmmol).
Hydroxylamine.HCI (958mg, 13.8mmol) and sodium carbonate (1.53g, 14.5mmmol) were added in one portion to the glyoxal flask (C02 evolution observed). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 20 minutes (reaction mixture turned yellow). Methanol (40ml) was added to the reaction mixture and 4-bromophenyl hydrazine. HCI (3.1 g, 13.8mmole) was added portionwise under ice cooling. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 30 min. Copper (II) s u If ate. hexa hydrate (20g, 78mmol) was was added to the reaction mixture. A water: pyridine (1 :1 ) mixture (200ml) was added then heated at 90°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and adjusted to pH=3 with 6N HCI (approx 200ml). The mixture was filtered through celite to remove insolubles. The celite was washed with additional ethyl acetate (1000ml). The organic layer was separated and the product extracted additionally from the aqueous layer with
EtOAc(3X250). The organic phases were combined, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated to approximately half the volume. This material was then filtered through a silica pad (approx 6 in). Silica was washed with an additional 300ml of ethyl acetate. The solvent was then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (4:1 heptane: EtOAc to 3: 1 heptane: EtOAc). Concentrated fractions furnished a light tan solid (1.0g, 30%TY). MS (LC/MS) m/z 240.1 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.47 (d, J=0.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.65 - 7.69 (m, 2 H) 7.73 (d, J=0.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 - 7.90 (m, 2 H)
Step B) 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-yl acetate
Acetyl chloride (4.7lml, 63mmol) was added to a flask containing 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2H- 1 ,2,3-triazole 1 -oxide (500mg, 2.08mmol) and was stirred at RT for 16 hours. Acetyl chloride was removed in vacuo and ethyl acetate (30ml) was added and concentrated (2X) to furnish a light brown solid (520mg, 90%). MS (LC/MS) m/z 282.1 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.39 (s, 3 H) 7.57 - 7.63 (m, 2 H) 7.84 (s, 1 H) 7.87 - 7.93 (m, 2 H)
Step C) 2-(4-bromophenylV2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-ol
2-(4-bromophenyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-yl acetate (520mg, 1.84mmol) was treated with methanol (10 ml) and water (10ml) followed by 1 ,4-dioxane (5ml). The resulting solution was treated with lithium hydroxide (265mg, 1 1.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 36 hours. 1 N HCI (40ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100ml). The combined organic phases were dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (4:1 heptane:EtOAc 1 :4 heptane: EtOAc) to furnish a light tan solid (440mg, 98%TY). MS (LC/MS) m/z 240.21 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.33 (s, 1 H) 7.58 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H) 7.78 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H).
Step D) 2-(4-bromophenyl)-4-methoxy-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole
2-(4-bromophenyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-ol (200mg, 0.833mmol) was weighed into a 20ml vial equipped with a septa cap. THF (10.0ml) was added. To this was added cesium carbonate (814mg, 2.5mmol), followed by the addition of methyl iodide (65.8uL, 1.04mmol) via syringe. The reaction was heated at 60 °C for 16 hours. Water (20ml) was added and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x75ml). Organic phases were combined, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated to furnish a light tan solid (190mg, 89%TY). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 4.04 (s, 3 H) 7.30 (s, 1 H) 7.56 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H) 7.84 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H)
Step E) 4-methoxy-2-r4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyll-2H- 1.2.3-triazole
Potassium acetate (220mg, 2.24 mmol) was added to 2-(4-bromophenyl)-4-methoxy- 2H-1 ,2,3-triazole (190mg, 0.748 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (228mg, 0.898 mmol) and Pd(dppf)CI2 .DCM complex (185mg, 0.224mmol) in a 20ml vial equipped with a septa cap. The vial was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen 3X. To this was added 1 ,4-dioxane (8ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 80°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite (approx 2 inches). The celite was washed with additional ethyl acetate (150ml). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (9:1 heptane: 1 EtOAc to 2:4 heptane:EtOAc) to furnish a light tan solid (145mg, 65%TY). MS (LC/MS) m/z 302.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 12 H) 4.06 (s, 3 H) 7.31 (s, 1 H) 7.90 (s, 2 H) 7.95 (s, 2 H).
Step F) (2R -f4-r4-(4-methoxy-2H-1.2.3-triazol-2-vnDhenyll-2-oxoDyridin-1 (2HV yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)butanamide
Pd EnCat (98mg, 0.03mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (171 mg, 1.24 mmol), 4-methoxy-2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]-2H- 1 ,2,3-triazole (138mg, 0.457mmol) and (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide which may be produced as in Preparation 2B(T6) (190mg, 0.381 mmol) in dioxane:water (6ml, 5:1 mix) in a 20ml vial. The reaction was cooled and filtered through celite (approx 1 inch). The celite was washed with additional methanol (100ml). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel
(4:1 heptane: EtOAc to 100%EtOAc to 85% EtOAc:15%methanol) to furnish a light tan gum (120mg, 58%TY). MS (LC/MS) m/z 546.2 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz,
METHANOL-^) δ ppm 1.28 (s, 1 H) 1.57 - 1.70 (m, 2 H) 1.68 - 1 .81 (m, 3 H) 1.78 - 1.92 (m, 3 H) 2.36 - 2.50 (m, 1 H) 2.55 - 2.72 (m, 1 H) 3.09 - 3.21 (m, 3 H) 3.56 - 3.70 (m, 1 H) 4.07 (s, 3 H) 4.12 (d, J=7.22 Hz, 2 H) 4.15 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.25 - 4.42 (m, 1 H) 5.01 - 5.14 (m, 1 H) 6.76 - 6.85 (m, 1 H) 6.87 (s, 1 H) 7.49 (s, 1 H) 7.68 - 7.80 (m, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=9.17 Hz, 2 H) 8.08 (d, J=8.98 Hz, 2 H)
Step G) (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-{4-r4-(4-methoxy-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)phenyll-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide To (2R)-4-{4-[4-(4-methoxy-2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2-yl)phenyl]-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl}-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (120mg, 0.22mmol) was added dioxane (2ml), dichloromethane (2ml), and water (1 ml). The reaction flask was cooled externally with ice then treated with a 4.0M sol of HCI in dioxane (0.55ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes then concentrated under reduced pressure. IPA (10ml) was added and concentrated to azeotrope any remaining water to furnish a tan solid (80mg, 80%TY). MS (LC/MS) m/z 462.3 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 1 .74 (s, 3 H) 2.34 - 2.51 (m, 1 H) 2.55 - 2.81 (m, 1 H) 3.13 (s, 3 H) 3.96 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 4.07 (s, 3 H) 4.26 - 4.45 (m, 1 H) 6.84 - 7.00 (m, 2 H) 7.49 (s, 1 H) 7.75 - 7.93 (m, 3 H) 8.09 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2 H) Example 59
(2R -r4-{4-r(6-methoxypyridin-3-vnmethoxylphenyl>-2-oxopyridin-1 (2HVyll-2-meth
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
Figure imgf000124_0001
Step A: (6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methanol
Sodium borohydride (1 1.30 g, 299 mmol) was added to a solution of the methyl 6- methoxynicotinate (5.00 g, 29.9 mmol) in ethanol (100 ml.) at 0°C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 days. The reaction was cooled to 0°C and quenched by slow addition of 1 N HCI until pH 4.0. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove ethanol. The remaining aqueous solution was washed with ethyl acetate (2x), then neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica chromatography (hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 , 3:7) to give a clear oil. Mass/Yield - 3.9 g / 94% TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 1 :1 ) Rf = 0.22, UV active. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.91 (s, 3 H) 4.61 (s, 2 H) 6.68 - 6.77 (m, 1 H) 7.49 - 7.68 (m, 1 H) 8.09 (s, 1 H).
Step B: 5-[(4-bromophenoxy)methvH-2-methoxypyridine
4-Bromophenol (1.37 g, 7.90 mmol) was added to a solution of (6-methoxypyridin-3- yl)methanol (1.0 g, 7.16 mmol) in THF (100 ml_). Triphenylphosphine (1 .88 g, 7.19 mmol) was added followed by triethylamine (0.727 g, 7.19 mmol). The resulting solution was cooled to 0°C and DIAD (1.45 g, 7.19 mmol) was added by drop-wise addition and was maintained at 0°C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature and stirred for two days. The reaction was quenched by addition of water and extracted with ether (2x100 ml_). The organic layer was washed with water (2x100 ml.) then brine (1x100 ml_), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a Biotage SNAP cartridge Kp-sil 100g column (hexanes/ethyl acetate 9: 1 ) to give a white solid. Mass/Yield - 1.78 g / 84% TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate = 8:2) Rf = 0.12, UV active. LCMS MS ES+
294.4/296.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.93 (s, 2 H) 6.72 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 6.81 - 6.86 (m, 2 H) 7.33 - 7.42 (m, 2 H) 7.58 - 7.65 (m, 1 H) 8.18 (s, 1 H). Step C 2-methoxy-5-fr4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy1methyl}py dine
A solution of the 5-[(4-bromophenoxy)methyl]-2-methoxypyridine (0.50 g, 1.70 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diborane (0.518 g, 2.04 mmol), potassium acetate (0.698 g, 7.12 mmol) and palladium dppf (69.4 mg, 0.085 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) was heated to reflux overnight. After 18 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature then
concentrated. The residue was partitioned between ether and water, an emulsion was removed by filtration through celite eluting with ether. The layers in the filtrate were separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2X) then brine (1x). The organic layer was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica chromatography (hexanes / ethyl acetate 9:1 ) to give a white solid. Mass/Yield - 285 mg / 50 % LCMS MS ES + 342.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.32 (s, 12 H) 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.99 (s, 2 H) 6.72 - 6.78 (m, 1 H) 6.91 - 6.98 (m, 2 H) 7.61 - 7.69 (m, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.79 (m, 2 H) 8.20 (s, 1 H)
Step D (2R)-4-[4-{4-[(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy) butanamide
Water (1.0) was added to a suspension of potassium carbonate (222 mg, 1.61 mmol), (2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, T6,(400 mg, 0.803 mmol), which may be produced as in Preparation 2B and 2-methoxy-5-{[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)phenoxy]methyl}pyridine (274 mg, 0.803 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL). Pd EnCat™ (218 mg, 0.085 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was heated to 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered through celite and washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate 1 :1 saturated brine/water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2X). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica chromatography (hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 - 05:95) to give a white solid. Mass/Yield - 254 mg / 54 % LCMS (MS ES-) 584.8. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.04 (s, 0 H) 1.51 (br. s., 1 H) 1.53 - 1.58 (m, 3 H) 1.67 (br. s., 2 H) 2.10 - 2.25 (m, 1 H) 2.34 - 2.43 (m, 1 H) 3.07 (s, 3 H) 3.28 (s, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.53 (m, 1 H) 3.65 - 3.75 (m, 1 H) 3.89 (s, 3 H) 4.00 - 4.16 (m, 2 H) 4.95 (s, 1 H) 5.09 (s, 2 H) 6.58 - 6.67 (m, 2 H) 6.78 - 6.85 (m, 1 H) 7.10 (s, 2 H) 7.59 - 7.68 (m, 2 H) 7.69 - 7.74 (m, 1 H) 7.74 - 7.82 (m, 1 H) 8.26 (s, 1 H) 1 1.60 (s, 1 H)
Step E: (2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methoxylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
HCI (1.0 N in water, 2.09 ml.) was added to a solution of the (2R)-4-[4-{4-[(6- methoxypyridin-3-yl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (245 mg, 0.418 mmol) in IPA (5.0 ml.) for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was triturated with IPA to afford a white suspension at 50°C for 30 minutes. A white solid was collected by filtration. Yield 215 mg / 95% LCMS MS ES- 500.1 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ ppm 1.54 (s, 3 H) 2.07 - 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.33 - 2.43 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.64 - 3.79 (m, 1 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 4.00 - 4.12 (m, 1 H) 5.09 (s, 3 H) 6.57 - 6.67 (m, 2 H) 6.80 - 6.88 (m, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.12 (m, 2 H) 7.64 - 7.73 (m, 3 H) 7.78 (s, 1 H) 8.26 (s, 1 H).
Example 60
(2R)-4-r4-{4-rdifluoro(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)- yll- -hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000126_0001
Step A 8-Π ,3lDithian-2-ylidene-1 ,4-dioxa-spiror4,51decane
The title compound can be made following the procedure described in Eur. J. Org.
Chem. 2008, 3479-34871 , except that 4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one was used as the ketone substrate. The resulting product was purified via silica gel chromatography (10% ethyl acetate 90% heptane to 100% ethyl acetate over 45 minutes. Isolated (6000 mg, ~100%).LCMS 259.2 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .67 (s, 4 H) 2.12 (qq, 2 H) 2.57 - 2.63 (m, 4 H) 2.83 - 2.89 (m, 4 H) 3.93 - 3.96 (m, 4 H) Step B: 8-((4-bromophenoxy)difluoromethyl)-1 ,4-dioxaspiror4.5ldecane
Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (0.681 mL, 7.82 mmoles) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 8-[1 ,3]dithian-2-ylidene-1 ,4-dioxa-spiro[4,5]decane (2000mg, 7.740 mmoles) in 25 mL of dichloromethane at -22°C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes The black reaction mixture was cooled to -72°C and a solution of 4-bromo-phenol (201 Omg, 1 1.6 mmoles) and triethylamine (1.90mL, 13.6mmoles) in 25 mL of dichloromethane was added (solution turned red). The reaction was allowed to stir for an hour at -72°C, before NEt3.3HF (6.31 mL,
38.7mmoles) was added. After 5 minutes a suspension of DBH (1 ,3-dibromo-5,5- dimethylhydanthoin) (1 1.1 g, 38.7 mmoles) in 25 mL's of dichloromethane was added in portions over 30 minutes (solution turned greenish/black). The solution was stirred for an additional hour, then warmed to 0°C and poured into a solution of 1 N NaOH. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified via silica gel chromatography and was eluted with 20% ethyl acetate 80% heptane to 100% ethyl acetate for 45 minutes. The isolated product was taken on directly to the next step. (2.81 1 g, 24.9%).
Step C: 4-[(4-bromo-phenoxy)-difluoro-methyll-cvclohexanone
4 N HCI (4.23 mL, 16.9mmoles) was added to a solution of 8-((4-bromophenoxy) difluoromethyl)-1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane (1230mg, 3.387mmoles) in acetone (1 1.3 mL, 0.3M) and was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated onto silica gel and purified via chromatography (9:1 heptane:ethyl acetate to 3:7 heptane:EtOAc over 40 minutes followed by 100% EtOAc for 10 minutes) afforded the desired material (1081 mg, 97.13%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.27 (br. s., 2 H) 1.39 - 1 .51 (m, 2 H) 1.96 - 2.10 (m, 5 H) 3.32 - 3.38 (m, 0 H) 3.47 - 3.55 (m, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.13 (m, 2 H) 7.45 - 7.53 (m, 2 H) Step D: trans-4-r(4-bromophenoxy)(difluoro)methyllcvclohexanol
To a stirred solution of 4-[(4-bromo-phenoxy)-difluoro-methyl]-cyclohexanone (1050mg, 3.290 mmoles) in ethanol (16.4ml_, 0.2M) was added NaBH4 (249mg, 6.58 mmoles) 0°C. The solution was stirred at 0°C for 20 minutes and then warmed to room temperature for 20 minutes. The reaction was quenched withl N HCI to a pH of ~7, and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics where combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Cis/trans isomers were then separated by chiral purification. Isolated 260 mg of trans isomer (24%).1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.39 (s, 2 H) 1.51 - 1.65 (m, 2 H) 1.83 - 1 .96 (m, 2 H) 2.01 - 2.21 (m, 2 H) 2.38 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 7.03 - 7.14 (m, 2 H) 7.41 - 7.58 (m, 2 H)
Step E: (2R)-4-r4-{4-rdifluoro(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran- 2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-(5,5-dimethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide ,T8, (240mg,
0.495mmoles), which may be produced as in Preparation 3, trans-4-[(4- bromophenoxy)(difluoro)methyl]cyclohexanol (159mg, 0.495mmoles), potassium carbonate (274mg, 1.98mmoles), and dioxane (3ml_, 0.2 M) were added to a 5ml_ microwave vial followed by the addition of water and Pd EnCat™ (128mg, 0.05mmole, loading factor 0.39 mmol/g). The reaction mixture was irradiated at 120°C for 45 minutes. The crude material was filtered through a thin film of celite and was rinsed with ethyl acetate then the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The material was purified via silica gel chromatography (15% EtOAc 85 % heptane to 100% ethyl acetate over 45 minutes and then 5% MeOH 95% ethyl acetate for an additional 5 minutes). Isolated 290 mg title compound (95.6%) LCMS ES- 61 1.8
Step F: (2R)-4-r4-{4-rdifluoro(trans-4-hvdroxycvclohexyl)methoxylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
To a stirred solution of (2R)-4-[4-{4-[difluoro(trans-4- hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)- N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (280mg, 0.473mM) in 2.3 ml. of dichloromethane was added a solution of 4 M HCI in dioxane (0.120 ml_, 0.473mM). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 20 minutes before being treated with 0.5 mL of MeOH. Reaction was concentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase (Shimadzu) prep HPLC 35 mg, (14%). LCMS 529.11H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1 .30 (br. s., 2 H) 1.40 - 1.54 (m, 2 H) 1.64 - 1.74 (m, 3 H) 1.99 - 2.14 (m, 4 H) 2.31 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 2.51 - 2.67 (m, 1 H) 3.09 (s, 3 H) 3.45 - 3.62 (m, 1 H) 3.87 - 4.02 (m, 1 H) 4.23 - 4.34 (m, 1 H) 6.70 - 6.75 (m, 1 H) 6.78 (s, 1 H) 7.21 - 7.33 (m, 2 H) 7.65 - 7.74 (m, 3 H)
Example 61
(2R)-N-hvdroxy-4-[4-{4-[4-(hvdroxymethyl)piperidin-1 -yllphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll- -methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000129_0001
Step A) [1-(4-bromo-phenyl)-piperdin-4-yll-methanol
A mixture of 1 -bromo-4-iodo-benzene (2.5g, 8.8 mmol), piperdine-4-yl-methanol (2.0 g, 17.7 mmol), potassium phosphate (3.8g, 17.7 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (3.8 g, 17.7 mmol) in Ν,Ν-dimethyl ethanolamine (8.4 mL) was heated to 55°C for 48 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ether 2X. The combined organic extracts were washed with water 3X. The organic extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a crude residue. The residue was dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through a silica gel pad. The pad was eluted ethyl acetate/heptanes (3:7) to ethyl
acetate/heptanes (6:4) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford [1-(4-bromo- phenyl)-piperdin-4-yl]-methanol as a white solid. (2.4 g)
Step B) {1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-ri,3,2l dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyll-piperdin-4-yl}- methanol
[1-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-piperdin-4-yl]-methanol (380 mg, 1.41 mmol), was dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL, degassed with nitrogen). Bis(pinacolato)diborane (428 mg, 1 .69 mmol), potassium acetate (414 mg, 4.22 mmol) and palladium dichloride dppf (1 15 mg, 0.141 mmol) were added at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90°C overnight. A further portion of bis(pinacolato)diborane (358 mg, 1 .41 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 90°C overnight. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered thought a pad of celite, rinsed with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was concentrated to a crude residue. The residue was absorbed onto silica gel and purified via flash column chromatography (gradient: 100% heptanes to 2:8 ethyl acetate/heptanes to 1 :1 ethyl acetate/heptanes). The fractions containing desired product were combined and concentrated to afford {1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2] dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-piperdin-4-yl}-methanol (399 mg) Step C: (R)-4-{4-[4-(4-Hvdroxymethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-phenyll-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1- yl}-2-methanesulfonyl-2-methyl-N-(tetrahvdro-pyran-2-yloxy)-butyramide.
Water (1 mL, degassed with nitrogen) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (277 mg, 2.0 mmol), (R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-2-methanesulfonyl-2-methyl- N-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-butyramide (200 mg, 0.4 mmol), which may be produced as in Preparation 2B, and {1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2] dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]- piperdin-4-yl}-methanol (153 mg, 0.48 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (4 mL, degassed with nitrogen) at ambient temperature. To this mixture was added Pd Encat (103 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.39 mmol/g load) and the mixture was heated to 80°C overnight. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of celite. The pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was concentrated to a crude residue. The residue was purified via combiflash companion. The desired fractions were collected, combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford (R)-4-{4-[4-(4-Hydroxymethyl-piperidin-1- yl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl}-2-methanesulfonyl-2-methyl-N-(tetrahydro-pyran-2- yloxy)-butyramide. (85.1 mg) Step D: (R)-N-Hvdroxy-4-{4-[4-(4-hvdroxymethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-henyll-2-oxo-2H- pyridin-1-yl}-2-methanesulfonyl-2-methyl-butyramide
(R)-4-{4-[4-(4-hydroxymethyl-piperidin-1 -yl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl}-2- methanesulfonyl-2-methyl-N-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-butyramide (85.1 mg, 0.152 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL) at ambient temperature. To this solution was added 4M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.304 mL, 1.22 mmol) and methanol (1 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 45 minutes. The solution was concentrated to a crude residue in vacuo. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (10 ml) and the resulting slurry was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The slurry was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate/heptanes (1 :1 ). The solid was dried in vacuo to afford (R)-N-Hydroxy-4-{4-[4-(4-hydroxymethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-2H- pyridin-1 -yl}-2-methanesulfonyl-2-methyl-butyramide hydrochloride as an off-white solid. (72.7 mg). LCMS: M+1 478.6. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHZ) dppm, 7.82 (2H, d), 7.79 (1 H, d), 6.84 (1 H, d), 6.80-6.77 (1 H, dd), 4.35-4.28 (1 H, m), 4.00-3.93 (1 H, m), 3.79- 3.72 (4H, m), 3.55 (2H, d), 3.09 (3H, s), 2.64-2.56(1 H, m), 2.40-2.33 (1 H, m), 2.16-2.13 (2H, d), 2.00-1.92 (1 H, m), 1.87-1.76 (2H, m), 1 .70 (3H, s).
Example 62
N-hvdroxy-4-[4-{4-[(1 E)-N-methoxyethanimidoyllphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000131_0001
Step A: 4-r4-(4-Acetylphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
4-Acetylphenylboronic acid was converted to the title product following the general procedure outlined for (2R)-4-[4-(2-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide in Example 13. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 3 H) 2.17 (ddd, J=12.83, 1 1.56, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 2.40 - 2.49 (m, 1 H) 2.62 (s, 3 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.77 (td, J=1 1.95, 4.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.13 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.07 Hz, 1 H) 6.70 (dd, J=7.22, 2.15 Hz, 1 H) 6.79 (d, J=2.15 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 1 H) 7.87 (d, J=8.39 Hz, 2 H) 8.04 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) 1 1.14 (br. s., 1 H).
Step B: N-Hydroxy-4-r4-{4-r(1 E)-N-methoxyethanimidoyllphenyl}-2-oxopyridin- 1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
A suspension of 4-[4-(4-acetylphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide (105 mg, 0.258 mmol), O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (86.2 mg, 1.03 mmol) and sodium acetate (107 mg, 1.03 mmol) in ethanol (10ml_, 0.025M) was heated in an oil bath at 70°C for 3 hours. The volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining material was redissolved in 1 .5ml_ DMSO and run on Shimadzu HPLC 30X100mm reverse phase column. The material was eluted with 20-35% acetonitrile in water with 0.1 % ammonium hydroxide modifier. The gradient was run for 8 min then held at 35% for an additional two minutes. The desired material eluted at about 30% acetonitrile. This solution was concentrated down by rotary evaporation yielding 90.7mg (80.7%) of the title compound a white solid.
LC/MS m/z 436 (M+1 ). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.57 (s, 3 H) 2.13 - 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.21 (s, 3 H) 2.39 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.81 (m, 1 H) 3.94 (s, 3 H) 4.12 (td, J=1 1.90, 5.00 Hz, 1 H) 6.68 (dd, J=7.20, 1.83 Hz, 1 H) 6.75 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.82 (m, 5 H) 9.27 (br. s., 1 H) 1 1.14 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 63
N-Hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r3-(hvdroxymethyl)isoxazol-5-yll-3-methylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-
1 (2H -vH-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000132_0001
Step A: 5-(4-bromo-2-methylphenyl)-3-r(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2- yloxy)methyllisoxazole
To a flask containing a solution of 4-bromo-1-ethynyl-2-methylbenzene (875 mg, 4.49 mmol) (may be prepared according to the procedures in Journal of Chemical Research (2007), 12 728-732) in toluene (20 ml_), was added 2-(2- nitroethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (1.34 g, 7.63 mmol), phenyl isocyanate (1 .82 g, 15.3 mmol), and triethylamine (1.50 ml_, 10.8 mmol). The reaction was heated at 100°C and stirred under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled, quenched with methanol and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel. Chromatography on silica gel with a heptane-ethyl acetate gradient (0-35% ethyl acetate) eluted 5-(4-bromo-2- methylphenyl)-3-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)methyl]isoxazole as an orange oil (581 mg, 36.8%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.57 - 1.71 (m, 4 H) 1.73 - 1.82 (m, 1 H) 1.82 - 1.91 (m, 1 H) 2.51 (s, 3 H) 3.56 - 3.62 (m, 1 H) 3.89 - 3.96 (m, 1 H) 4.69 (d, J=12.88 Hz, 1 H) 4.76 - 4.79 (m, 1 H) 4.86 (d, J=12.88 Hz, 1 H) 6.51 (s, 1 H) 7.42 - 7.46 (m, 1 H) 7.48 (d, J=1.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 1 H).
Step B: 5-r2-Methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-vnDhenyll-3-
[(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)methyllisoxazole
5-(4-Bromo-2-methylphenyl)-3-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)methyl]isoxazole was converted to the title product following the procedure outlined for (+/-)-2-[(cis-4-{[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]methyl} cyclohexyl)oxy]tetrahydro- 2H-pyran in Example 8, step D. The title compound was isolated as an orange oil, 473 mg, 71.9%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 12 H) 1 .53 - 1.71 (m, 4 H) 1 .73 - 1.82 (m, 1 H) 1 .82 - 1.93 (m, 1 H) 2.54 (s, 3 H) 3.55 - 3.63 (m, 1 H) 3.89 - 3.96 (m, 1 H) 4.69 (d, J=12.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.78 (t, J=3.51 Hz, 1 H) 4.86 (d, J=12.89 Hz, 1 H) 6.55 (s, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.76 (m, 3 H).
Step C: (2R)-4-r4-{4-r3-(hvdroxymethyl)isoxazol-5-yll-3-methylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran- 2-yloxy)butanamide
5-[2-Methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]-3-[(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)methyl]isoxazole was converted to the title product following the procedure outlined for (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(4-{[cis-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)cyclohexyl]methoxy}phenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide in Example 8 step E. Isolated crude yellow foam, 488 mg, 110% (impure). LCMS 642 (M-1 )
Step D: N-Hvdroxy-4-r4-{4-r3-(hvdroxymethyl)isoxazol-5-yll-3-methylphenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide (2R)-4-[4-{4-[3-(hydroxymethyl)isoxazol-5-yl]-3-methylphenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to title product following the procedure outlined for (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4-{4-[(cis-4- hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 8, step F. Isolated title compound as a tan solid, 256.5 mg, 77.3%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.73 (s, 3 H) 2.37 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 2.60 (s, 3 H) 2.62 - 2.70 (m, 1 H) 3.1 1 (s, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.08 (m, 1 H) 4.33 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 4.72 (s, 2 H) 6.76 (s, 1 H) 6.96 (s, 2 H) 7.67 (dd, J=8.20, 1.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.72 (s, 1 H) 7.86 (d, J=8.20 Hz, 2 H). LCMS 476 (M+1 ). Example 64
(2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfon
1 (2HVyllbutanamide
Figure imgf000134_0001
Step A: 2(RV2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-r2-oxo-4-(3-phenylazetidin-1 -vnpyridin-
1 (2H)-yll-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H^ pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, T6, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (309 mg, 0.620 mmol), 3-phenylazetidine (185 mg, 1.39 mmol), potassium tert-butoxide (209 mg, 1.86 mmol), and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (26 mg, 0.025 mmol) and ±BI NAP (23 mg, 0.037 mmol) were combined into a flask, placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen. Deoxygenated 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0 ml.) and triethylamine (43 uL, 0.310 mmol) were added and the reaction was placed on vacuum and opened to nitrogen three times and then heated at 80°C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled, diluted with dichloromethane and methanol and evaporated in vacuo onto silica gel. Chromatography on silica gel with a dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %- 20%) eluted (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(3-phenylazetidin-1-yl)pyridin- 1 (2H)-yl]-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a yellow oil (192 mg, 61.7%). LCMS 504 (M+1 ).
Step B: (2RVN-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-r2-oxo-4-(3-phenylazetidin-
1-yl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yllbutanamide
(2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(3-phenylazetidin-1 -yl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide was converted to title product following the procedure outlined for (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4-{4-[(cis-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy] phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 8, step F. Isolated title compound as a white solid, 55.0 mg, 34.8%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.67 (s, 3 H) 2.23 - 2.38 (m, 1 H) 2.41 - 2.55 (m, 1 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.87 (m, 1 H) 3.95 - 4.05 (m, 3 H) 4.07 - 4.21 (m, 1 H) 4.35 - 4.48 (m, 2 H) 5.28 - 5.34 (m, 1 H) 5.82 - 5.93 (m, 1 H) 7.21 - 7.30 (m, 1 H) 7.33 - 7.38 (m, 3 H) 7.38 - 7.46 (m, 2 H). LCMS 420 (M+1 ) Example 65
(2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(phenylethvnyl)pyridin-1 (2H)- yllbutanamide
Figure imgf000135_0001
Step A: (2RV2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonylV4-(2-oxo-4-(phenylethvnvnpyridin-1 (2HV yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, T6, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (200mg, 0.401 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5ml_) and diisopropylethylamine (2ml) at room temperature. The solution was degassed with nitrogen over a 5 minute period. Palladium tetrakis (23.3mg, 0.020mmol), copper iodide (7.80mg, 0.040mmol), and phenylacetylene (49.1 mg, 0.481 mmol) were added to the reaction. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (200ml) and was extracted with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (100ml). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated in vacuo. The crude material was purified via silica chromatography, using 50% - 100% [ethyl acetate / hexanes] as the gradient elution solvent. The target fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford a viscous, colorless oil that crystallized upon standing. Yield 107mg, 57%. MS (APCI) m/z 471.5 (M-H) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.57 - 1 .65 (m, 2 H) 1.69 (d, J=1.95 Hz, 3 H) 1.71 - 1.98 (m, 4 H) 2.30 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 2.43 - 2.55 (m, 1 H) 3.19 (d, J=3.32 Hz, 3 H) 3.56 - 3.69 (m, 1 H) 3.97 - 4.06 (m, 1 H) 4.13 - 4.25 (m, 1 H) 4.26 - 4.36 (m, 1 H) 5.16 (dt, J=16.00, 2.63 Hz, 1 H) 6.34 (dd, J=7.02, 1.76 Hz, 1 H) 6.75 (s, 1 H) 7.29 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.34 - 7.40 (m, 3 H) 7.52 (dd, J=7.32, 1.85 Hz, 2 H) 12.00 (br. s., 1 H) Step B: (R)-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-(phenylethvnyl) pyridin-1 (2H)-yl)butanamide
A solution of 1 .0 M aqueous HCI (10ml) was added slowly to a solution of (2R)-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-4-(phenylethynyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (107mg, 0.226 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20ml_) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After 18 hours the reaction was concentrated to low volume then redissolved in methanol (20ml) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a light-yellow solid. Yield 71 mg, 81 %. MS (APCI) m/z 389.4 (M+H), 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.46 (none, 3 H) 1.53 (s, 3 H) 2.03 - 2.17 (m, 1 H) 2.33 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 3.07 (s, 3 H) 3.71 (td, J=1 1.90, 4.88 Hz, 1 H) 3.96 - 4.14 (m, 1 H) 6.35 (dd, J=6.93, 1.85 Hz, 1 H) 6.56 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.36 - 7.48 (m, 3 H) 7.51 - 7.61 (m, 2 H) 7.69 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 1 1.05 (br. s., 1 H)
Example 66
4-[4-(3-Cyclohexyl propoxy)-2-oxopyridi n- 1 (2H )-yll-N-h yd roxy-2-meth yl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000136_0001
Step A: ethyl 4-(4-hvdroxy-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl) butanoate
Ethyl 4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (2.4g, 5.9mmol) which may be prepared by the same method disclosed in Example 51 , step A, was dissolved in ethanol (100ml) and cooled with a dry ice/acetone bath. To the cooled solution was added Pearlman's catalyst (2.0g) and cyclohexene (9.0ml, 88.4mmol) then heated to 85 °C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and filtered through celite (approx 2inches) to remove catalyst. The celite was washed with an additional 100ml of ethanol. The filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dried under vacuum to afford a light gray solid. (1.75g, 94%). MS (LC/MS) m/z 318.1 (M+1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1 .22 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H) 1.56 (s, 3 H) 2.02 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 2.33 - 2.48 (m, 1 H) 3.14 (s, 3 H) 3.67 - 3.84 (m, 1 H) 3.84 - 4.02 (m, 1 H) 4.13 (dd, J=7.02, 4.49 Hz, 2 H) 5.55 (d, J=2.54 Hz, 1 H) 5.85 (dd, J=7.42, 2.54 Hz, 1 H) 7.48 (d, J=7.42 Hz, 1 H)
Step B: 4-[4-( 3-cyclohexyl propoxy)-2-oxopyridi n- 1 (2 H )-yll-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonvDbutanoic acid
Ethyl 4-(4-hydroxy-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoate (285mg, 0.898mmol) was weighed into a 20ml septa cap vial with THF (10ml) added. To this was added 3-cyclohexyl-1-propanol (0.191 ml, 1 .26mmol), followed by
triphenylphosphine (330mg, 1 .21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 20 minutes and then DIAD (0.248ml, 1.26mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 72 hours at RT, was then diluted with ethyl acetate (100ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50ml). The product was re-extracted with ethyl acetate (100ml). The organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dioxane (6ml) and ethanol (6ml). To this was added a 2.0M aqueous solution of LiOH (2.6ml, 5.3mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, then was diluted with 30ml of water and washed with ethyl acetate (2x50ml) to remove any TPPO. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH-2 with 1 N HCI (10ml) and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50ml). The organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid (190mg, 51 %). MS (LC/MS) m/z 414.1 (M+1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 0.81 - 1.08 (m, 2 H) 1.16 - 1.44 (m, 6 H) 1.72 (s, 9 H) 2.01 (s, 1 H) 2.29 - 2.47 (m, 1 H) 2.48 - 2.68 (m, 1 H) 3.18 (s, 3 H) 4.04 (s, 2 H) 4.07 - 4.17 (m, 1 H) 4.22 - 4.37 (m, 1 H) 5.97 - 6.12 (m, 1 H) 6.25 - 6.36 (m, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.73 (m, 1 H)
Step C: 4-[4-(3-cvclohexylpropoxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide 4-[4-(3-Cyclohexylpropoxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (190mg, 0.451 mmol) and CDMT (95.6mg, 0.539mmol) were charged into a flask. The flask was flushed with nitrogen and 2-MeTHF (10ml) was added, followed by NMM
(64uL, 0.581 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour. 0-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-yl)hydroxylamine (64mg, 0.539mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 16 hours at RT. Water (25ml) was added, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x50ml). The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Crude material was purified by chromatography on silica gel (70%heptane:30%ethyl acetate to 100%ethyl acetate) to afford a white solid (220mg, 79%). MS (LC/MS) m/z 51 1.1 (M-1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 0.93 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H) 1.12 - 1 .42 (m, 9 H) 1.49 - 1.99 (m, 10 H) 2.25 - 2.43 (m, 1 H) 2.45 - 2.64 (m, 1 H) 3.12 (d, J=5.07 Hz, 3 H) 3.51 - 3.68 (m, 2 H) 3.82 - 4.03 (m, 4 H) 4.08 - 4.26 (m, 2 H) 5.03 - 5.14 (m, 1 H) 5.94 (d, J=2.54 Hz, 1 H) 6.07 - 6.21 (m, 1 H) 7.45 - 7.60 (m, 1 H).
Step D: 4-r4-(3-cvclohexylpropoxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yll-N-hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-
(methylsulfonyl)butanamide
4-[4-(3-Cyclohexylpropoxy)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (220mg, 0.429mmole) was dissolved in dioxane (4ml), DCM (4ml) and water (2ml). To this was added a 4.0M solution of HCI in dioxane (1.0ml, 4.29mmole) and was stirred at RT for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and azeoptroped with I PA (2x5ml) to afford a white solid (100mg, 54.4%). MS (LC/MS) m/z 429.1 (M+1 ) 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-^) δ ppm 0.83 - 1.06 (m, 3 H) 1.19 - 1.40 (m, 6 H) 1.41 (s, 2 H) 1.64 - 1.90 (m, 4 H) 2.31 - 2.41 (m, 1 H) 2.61 - 2.79 (m, 1 H) 3.08 (s, 3 H) 3.60 (s, 1 H) 3.63 - 3.71 (m, 1 H) 3.86 - 3.99 (m, 2 H) 4.04 (s, 1 H) 4.1 1 (d, J=8.00 Hz, 3 H) 4.25 - 4.41 (m, 1 H) 6.29 (s, 1 H) 6.53 - 6.68 (m, 1 H) 7.83 - 7.93 (m, 1 H)
Example 67
(2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-1 '-pyrimidin-2-yl-1 ',2',3',6'-
Figure imgf000138_0001
Step A: 2-r4-(4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-1.3.2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3.6-dihvdropyridin-
1 (2H)-yllpyrimidine
To a flask containing 1 -pyrimidin-2-yl-1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl
trifluoromethanesulfonate (300 mg, 0.970 mmol) (may be prepared according to the procedures in PCT Int Appl 2006124897), bis(pinacolato)diboron (296 mg, 1.16 mmol), potassium acetate (288 mg, 2.91 mmol), 1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (16 mg, 0.029 mmol) and [1 , 1 '-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium (II) dichloromethane complex (71 mg, 0.097 mmol) was added deoxygenated 1 ,4-dioxane (5.0 ml). The reaction was placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen three times and then heated at 80°C under nitrogen overnight. The reaction was cooled and purified directly by chromatography on silica gel with 6:1 heptane-ethyl acetate to give 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyridin-1 (2H)-yl]pyrimidine as a yellow solid (210 mg, 75.4%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1 .29 (s, 12 H) 2.25 - 2.44 (m, 2 H) 3.89 (t, J=5.66 Hz, 2 H) 4.24 - 4.29 (m, 1 H) 6.42 - 6.54 (m, 1 H) 6.58 - 6.69 (m, 1 H) 8.21 - 8.40 (m, 2 H). LCMS: 288.4 M+1. Step B: (2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-1 '-pyrimidin-2-yl-1 ',2',3',6'- tetrahvdro-4,4'-biDyridin-1 (2HVvn-N-(tetrahvdro-2H-Dyran-2- yloxy)butanamide
(2R)-4-(4-iodo-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide, T6, which may be produced as in Preparation 2B (310 mg, 0.622 mmol), 2-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyridin-
1 (2H)-yl]pyrimidine (210 mg, 0.731 mmol), potassium carbonate (430 mg, 3.1 1 mmol), and Pd EnCat™ (159 mg, 0.062 mmol) were combined into a flask, placed under vacuum and opened to nitrogen. Deoxygenated 1 ,4-dioxane (4.0 mL) and water (1.0 mL) were added and the reaction was placed on vacuum and opened to nitrogen three times and then heated at 80°C under nitrogen for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was
concentrated onto silica gel in vacuo. Chromatography on silica gel with a
dichloromethane-methanol gradient (1 %-20%) afforded (2R)-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-1 '-pyrimidin-2-yl-1 ',2',3',6'-tetrahydro-4,4'-bipyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide as a brown oil (140 mg, 42.5%). LCMS 530 (M-1 ).
Step C: (2R)-N-Hvdroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-1 '-pyrimidin-2-yl- 1 '.2'.3'.6'-tetrahvdro-4.4'-bipyridin-1 (2H Vyhbutanamide
(2R)-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(2-oxo-1 '-pyrimidin-2-yl-l ',2',3',6'-tetrahydro-4,4'- bipyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)butanamide (140 mg, 0.253 mmol) was converted to title product following the procedure outlined for (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4- {4-[(cis-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)butanamide in Example 8, step F. Isolated title compound as an off white solid (94.8 mg 80.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 1.70 (s, 3 H) 2.29 - 2.42 (m, 1 H) 2.55 - 2.67 (m, 1 H) 2.68 - 2.78 (m, 2 H) 3.10 (s, 3 H) 3.93 - 4.04 (m, 1 H) 4.17 (t, J=5.76 Hz, 2 H) 4.26 - 4.37 (m, 1 H) 4.49 - 4.55 (m, 2 H) 6.62 (br. s., 1 H) 6.67 (s, 1 H) 6.74 - 6.85 (m, 1 H) 7.07 (t, J=5.37 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (d, J=7.81 Hz, 1 H) 8.67 (d, J=5.46 Hz, 2 H). LCMS: 448 (M+1 ).
Examples 68-A to 68-U
The following compounds can be made following the procedures described herein. Products are typically derived from a Suzuki-Miyaura cross coupling with optional deprotection of a terminal hydroxamic acid protecting group. Methods used to describe the synthesis of the precursors or coupling partners such as boronic acids or esters are known to those skilled in the art.
Table 3
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Foot note1"Mass Spec- See Method A as described in Table 5 infra. BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES
In order to assess the compounds biological activity, selected in-vitro assays were conducted on selected compounds. One of the assays measured the compounds ability to disrupt the synthesis of lipopolysaccharide, LPS, which is a component of the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria. Disruption of this synthesis is lethal to the bacteria. The assay determined the compound's ability to inhibit LpxC, which is the first enzyme in the biosynthetic pathway for LPS (measured as IC50). Additionally, MICs (minimal inhibitory concentrations) were determined for several bacteria. The specific protocols are described below:
A) ICsn assay, LpxC enzyme from P. aeruginosa (labeled as PA LpxC enzyme ICRO):
IC50 determination in the LpxC enzyme assay was carried out in a similar manner to that described by Malikzay et al in the 2006 Poster, Screening LpxC (UDP-3-0-(R-3- hydroxymyristoyl)-GlcNAc deacetylase) using BioTrove RapidFire HTS Mass
Spectrometry (aNew Lead Discovery and ^Inflammation and Infectious Disease, cStructural Chemistry, Schering-Plough Research Institute, Kenilworth, NJ 07033, (BioTrove, Inc. 12 Gill St., Suite 4000, Woburn, MA 01801 ). Briefly, Pseudomonas aeruginosa LpxC enzyme (0.1 nM) purified from E. co//-overexpressing bacteria was incubated at 25°C in a final volume of 50 ul containing 0.5 uM UDP-3-0-(R-3- hydroxydecanoyl)-N-acetylglucosamine, 1 mg/mL BSA, and 50mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 8.0 in the presence and absence of inhibitor compound. At the end of 1 hour, 5ul of 1 N HCI was added to stop the enzyme reaction; the plates were centrifuged, and then processed with the BioTrove Rapidfire HTMS Mass Spectrometry System. A no- enzyme control was used in calculating the IC50 values from the percent conversion values.
B) MIC determinations: The in vitro antibacterial activity of compounds described in the Examples was evaluated by minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) testing according to Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI, formerly NCCLS) guidelines. See: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically; Approved
Standard-Seventh Edition. CLSI document M7-A7 [ISBN 1-56238-587-9]. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne,
Pennsylvania 19087-1898 USA, 2006; also Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing; Eighteenth
Informational Supplement. CLSI document M100-S18 [ISBN1-56238-653-0]. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. The following bacterial strains were used in these MIC determinations:
1 ) Pseudomonas aeruginosa UI-18: Wild-type, labeled as PA-7 in Tables 4, and
5;
2) Acinetobacter baumanii/haemolyticus: Multidrug-resistant clinical isolate labeled as AB-3167 in Tables 4 and 5;
3) Escherichia coli EC-1 : VOGEL, mouse virulent labeled as EC-1 in Tables 4 and 5;
4) Klebsiella pneumoniae: Ciprofloxacin-resistant isolate, expresses extended- spectrum beta-lactamases (ESBL), clinical isolate, labeled as KP-3700 in Tables 4, and 5.
Table 4 below shows the results that were obtained with the final products described in Examples 1-69U. If a particular table is left blank, then the data is not available at the current time.
Column 1 corresponds to the Example number, column 2 provides the lUPAC name, column 3 provides the results from the LpxC enzyme assay described above, and columns 4-7 provide the MIC data as described above.
Table 4
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Examples 69 to 488
The following compounds can be made following the general procedures outlined in Examples 1 -68 in above. Products are typically derived from a Suzuki-Miyaura cross coupling with optional deprotection of a terminal hydroxamic acid protecting group. Methods used to describe the synthesis of the precursors or coupling partners such as boronic acids or estesr are known to those skilled in the art.
In Table 5 below, column 2 provides the lUPAC name, column's 3-7 provide in-vitro biological data generated in the same manner as in Table 4, columns 8 and 10 provide the retention times and mass spectra generated via LCMS, using either Method A or B as described below. Data is not currently available for all compounds, as indicated by a blank cell in Table 5.
The LCMS retention times (LCMS-RT) reported in column 9 were generated in the following manner: 1 ) Acidic-labelled as "a in column 9
Gradients:
0.05% TFA 95_5 to 5_95 Water_ACN
Flow rate: 1 .3mL/min
Column dimensions: Acquity UPLC BEH C18 1 .7μηι 2.1 x30mm.
Run time: 1.1 minutes
2) Basic- labelled as "b in column 9
Gradients:
Solvent A: 0.06%NH4OH (in water)
Solvent B: 0.06%NH4OH (in acetonitrile)
Time (min) %A %B
0 95 5
0.4 95 5
3.2 5 95
3.5 5 95
4.0 95 5
Flow rate: 2mL/min
Column dimensions: Not currently available
Run time: 4 minutes Table 5
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000198_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which:
R1 is represented by C1-C3 alkyl;
R2 is represented by hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl;
R3 is represented by hydrogen, halogen, C.,-C3alkyl, C^Cgalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or trifluoromethoxy;
L is absent, or is represented by a moiety selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkylene which may be optionally substituted, C2-C6 alkenylene, C2-C6 alkynylene,
Figure imgf000198_0002
-(CH2)P-0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-;
n is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4;
p is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 4;
q is represented by an integer ranging from 0 to 6
z is represented by an integer ranging from 1 to 4;
D is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of:
i) (C3.C10)cycloalkyl, optionally substituted,
ii) (C6-C10)aryl, optionally substituted,
iii) heteroaryl, optionally substituted,
iv) heterocyclic, optionally substituted,
T is absent, or is represented by -S-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n, -0-(CH2)z-S-(CH2)n, -(CH2)q-, -(CH2)n-C(0)-(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n-0-(CH2)p-, -(CH2)n-S-(CH2)p, S-C C6 alkylene which may be optionally substituted, -O-C1-C6 alkylene which may be optionally substituted, -0-(CH2)p-C(0)-(CH2)n-, -(CH2)p-C(0)-(CH2)q-0-(CH2)n-, -0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-, -O- (CH2)z-0-(CH2)z-0-(CH2)n-,
-S-(CH2)z-S-(CH2)n-, -(CH2)n-SH, or -(CH2)n-OH, and;
G is absent, or is represented by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: i) (C3-C10)cycloalkyl, optionally substituted;
ii) (C6-C10)aryl optionally substituted;
iii) heteroaryl, optionally substituted, and;
iv) heterocyclic, optionally substituted.
2. A compound according to claim 1 in which R1 and R2 are each methyl.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2 in which R3 is hydrogen.
4. A compound according to claim 2 or 3 in which said compound is the R- enantiomer.
5. A compound according to any of claims 1 , 2, 3, or 4 in which L is absent.
6. A compound according to any of claims 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 in which G and T is absent.
7. A compound according to any of claims 1 -6 in which D is (C6-C10)aryl optionally substituted.
8. A compound according to claim 6 in which D is optionally substituted phenyl.
9. (2R)-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-[2-oxo-4-(2,3,4- trifluorophenyl)pyridin-1 (2H)-yl]butanamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. (2R)-4-[4-(4-chloro-2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-/\/-hydroxy-2- methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
1 1. (R)-4-(4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl)-N-hydroxy-2-methyl- 2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. (2R)-N-hydroxy-4-[4-{4-[(trans-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)methoxy]phenyl}-2- oxopyridin-1 (2H)-yl]-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. (2R)-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)-4-{2-oxo-4-[4-(2H-1 ,2,3-triazol-2- yl)phenyl]pyridin-1 (2H)-yl}butanamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
14. A pharmaceutical compostion comprising a compound according to any of claims 1-13 in admixture with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
15. A method for treating bacterial infections comprising administering a compound according to any of claims 1-13 to a patient in need therof.
16. Use of a compound according to any of claims 1-13 in the manufacture of a medicament for bacterial infections.
PCT/IB2010/055596 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents WO2011073845A1 (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DK10803646.8T DK2512474T3 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives which can be used as antibacterial agents
ES10803646.8T ES2525820T3 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
CA2782453A CA2782453C (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
EP10803646.8A EP2512474B1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
PL10803646T PL2512474T3 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US13/515,607 US8664401B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
JP2012543942A JP5793766B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
SI201030802T SI2512474T1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US14/154,239 US8846933B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-01-14 N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US14/447,788 US9018384B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-07-31 N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US14/656,123 US9180123B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2015-03-12 N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US28703509P 2009-12-16 2009-12-16
US61/287,035 2009-12-16

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12515607 A-371-Of-International 2010-12-06
US13/515,607 A-371-Of-International US8664401B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US14/154,239 Continuation US8846933B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-01-14 N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011073845A1 true WO2011073845A1 (en) 2011-06-23

Family

ID=43571291

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2010/055596 WO2011073845A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-06 N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (4) US8664401B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2512474B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5793766B2 (en)
CA (2) CA2782453C (en)
DK (1) DK2512474T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2525820T3 (en)
PL (1) PL2512474T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2512474E (en)
SI (1) SI2512474T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011073845A1 (en)

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012120397A1 (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
WO2013170165A1 (en) * 2012-05-10 2013-11-14 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US8664401B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-03-04 Pfizer Inc. N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8722686B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2014-05-13 Pfizer Inc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8748466B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2014-06-10 Pfizer Inc. Isoxazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
JP2014514299A (en) * 2011-04-08 2014-06-19 ファイザー・インク Imidazole, pyrazole and triazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
WO2014165075A1 (en) 2013-03-12 2014-10-09 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
WO2015036964A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial 2h-indazole derivatives
EP2860177A3 (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-06-10 Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH Synthesis of functionalized arenes
WO2015132228A1 (en) 2014-03-04 2015-09-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 1,2-dihydro-3h-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one derivatives and their use as antibacterial agents
WO2015162518A1 (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-10-29 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
WO2015166366A1 (en) 2014-04-28 2015-11-05 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
WO2015173329A1 (en) * 2014-05-16 2015-11-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial quinazoline-4(3h)-one derivatives
WO2016079688A1 (en) 2014-11-19 2016-05-26 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial benzothiazole derivatives
WO2016097995A1 (en) 2014-12-16 2016-06-23 Novartis Ag Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as lpxc inhibitors
WO2017037221A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-03-09 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3h-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one antibacterial compounds
US9617256B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2017-04-11 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US9624206B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-04-18 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial 1H-indazole and 1H-indole derivatives
US9637482B2 (en) 2014-04-22 2017-05-02 Novartis Ag Isoxazoline hydroxamic acid derivatives as LpxC inhibitors
US9738604B2 (en) 2010-09-03 2017-08-22 Duke University Ethynylbenzene derivatives
WO2017198647A1 (en) * 2016-05-17 2017-11-23 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd 6-(buta-1,3-diyn-1-yl)benzo[d]thiazole derivatives
WO2017216705A1 (en) 2016-06-14 2017-12-21 Novartis Ag Crystalline form of (r)-4-(5-(cyclopropylethynyl)isoxazol-3-yl)-n-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide as an antibacterial agent
WO2017223349A1 (en) 2016-06-23 2017-12-28 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US9908851B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2018-03-06 Duke University 2-piperidinyl substituted N,3-dihydroxybutanamides
US10112960B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2018-10-30 Dow Agrosciences Llc Methods for producing borylated arenes
US10166533B2 (en) 2014-06-16 2019-01-01 Dow Agrosciences Llc Methods for producing borylated arenes
US10189786B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2019-01-29 Duke University Antibacterial compounds
WO2019178305A1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2019-09-19 Pfizer Inc. Pyridinone and pyrimidinone phosphates and boronates useful as antibacterial agents
US10441576B2 (en) 2015-08-11 2019-10-15 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3H pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3 one antibacterials
US10647664B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2020-05-12 Duke University Substituted hydroxamic acid compounds
US11566003B2 (en) 2017-03-30 2023-01-31 Genentech, Inc. Isoquinolines as inhibitors of HPK1
US11612606B2 (en) 2018-10-03 2023-03-28 Genentech, Inc. 8-aminoisoquinoline compounds and uses thereof
WO2023192356A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Zoetis Services Llc Intermediates useful for the preparation of an lpxc analog, and processes for their preparation

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3323821A1 (en) * 2012-11-08 2018-05-23 Pfizer Inc Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
AU2016367510A1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2018-06-07 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Substituted benzazinones as antibacterial compounds
EP3750881A4 (en) 2018-02-10 2021-11-17 KBP Biosciences Co., Ltd. Compound acting as antibiotics
WO2023015236A2 (en) * 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Composition and method for treatment of gram negative bacterial infection

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004062601A2 (en) * 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Chiron Corporation Antibacterial agents
WO2006063281A2 (en) 2004-12-10 2006-06-15 Emory University 2' and 3' - substituted cyclobutyl nucleoside analogs for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2006124897A2 (en) 2005-05-13 2006-11-23 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Methods and compositions for improving cognition
WO2007069020A2 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Inc. N-hydroxyamide derivatives possessing antibacterial activity
WO2008105515A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel hydroxamic acid derivative
WO2009008905A1 (en) * 2007-02-01 2009-01-15 Panthera Biopharma, Llc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives of phenoxy-acetic acids and analogs useful as therapeutic agents for treating anthrax poisoning

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3995042A (en) * 1973-09-07 1976-11-30 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pyridine containing compounds
US4769461A (en) 1986-09-16 1988-09-06 American Home Products Corporation Quinolinyl benzene hydroxamic acids as anti-inflammatory/antiallergic agents
US5110831A (en) 1990-11-30 1992-05-05 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Vinylogous hydroxamic acids and derivatives thereof as 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
WO1999039704A1 (en) 1998-02-07 1999-08-12 British Biotech Pharmaceuticals Limited Antibacterial agents
GB9925470D0 (en) 1999-10-27 1999-12-29 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
US6852752B2 (en) 1999-12-17 2005-02-08 Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Inc. Urea compounds, compositions and methods of use and preparation
WO2002074298A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-09-26 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Il-6 production inhibitors
ES2180456B1 (en) 2001-07-20 2004-05-01 Laboratorios S.A.L.V.A.T., S.A. SUBSTITUTED ISOXAZOLS AND ITS USE AS ANTIBIOTICS.
GB0302431D0 (en) 2003-01-30 2003-03-05 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
US7208601B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2007-04-24 Mjalli Adnan M M Aryl and heteroaryl compounds, compositions, and methods of use
WO2006118155A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-09 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd. Biphenyl derivative or salt thereof, and bactericide for agricultural and horticultural use containing same as active ingredient
ATE443061T1 (en) 2006-02-14 2009-10-15 Pfizer Prod Inc BENZOXAZINONE AND BENZOXAZEPINONOXAZOLIDINONE AS ANTIBACTERIAL AGENTS
WO2008045671A1 (en) 2006-10-06 2008-04-17 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
CN101016270B (en) 2006-12-30 2012-05-09 天津药物研究院 Substituted piperazinphenylisoxazoline derivative and use thereof
WO2008115262A2 (en) 2007-03-20 2008-09-25 Curis, Inc. Hsp90 inhibitors containing a zinc binding moiety
JP2011529964A (en) 2008-08-04 2011-12-15 シェーリング コーポレイション Urea derivatives as antibacterial agents
JP5455913B2 (en) 2008-08-27 2014-03-26 大正製薬株式会社 Novel hydroxamic acid derivatives having naphthyridine-N-oxide
US8372885B2 (en) 2008-09-17 2013-02-12 Novartis Ag Organic compounds and their uses
CA2735929C (en) 2008-09-19 2013-12-17 Pfizer Inc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
WO2010100475A1 (en) 2009-03-02 2010-09-10 Astrazeneca Ab Hydroxamic acid derivatives as gram-negative antibacterial agents
EP2488489A2 (en) * 2009-10-13 2012-08-22 Pfizer Inc. C-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
EP2512474B1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2014-11-05 Pfizer Inc N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
ES2626457T3 (en) 2011-03-07 2017-07-25 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
SG193458A1 (en) 2011-04-08 2013-10-30 Pfizer Imidazole, pyrazole, and triazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
KR20130140868A (en) 2011-04-08 2013-12-24 화이자 인코포레이티드 Isoxazole derivatives useful as antibaterial agents

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004062601A2 (en) * 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Chiron Corporation Antibacterial agents
WO2006063281A2 (en) 2004-12-10 2006-06-15 Emory University 2' and 3' - substituted cyclobutyl nucleoside analogs for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2006124897A2 (en) 2005-05-13 2006-11-23 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Methods and compositions for improving cognition
WO2007069020A2 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Inc. N-hydroxyamide derivatives possessing antibacterial activity
WO2009008905A1 (en) * 2007-02-01 2009-01-15 Panthera Biopharma, Llc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives of phenoxy-acetic acids and analogs useful as therapeutic agents for treating anthrax poisoning
WO2008105515A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel hydroxamic acid derivative

Non-Patent Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"455710 (Antibiotics and Antibacterial Drugs)", ANNUAL DRUG DATA REPORT, PROUS, BARCELONA, ES, vol. 29, no. 7, 1 January 2007 (2007-01-01), pages 629, XP009144917, ISSN: 0379-4121 *
"Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, PERGAMON PRESS
"Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically", 2006, CLINICAL AND LABORATORY STANDARDS INSTITUTE
"Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing", CLINICAL AND LABORATORY STANDARDS INSTITUTE
"Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", 1973, PLENUM PRESS
ANN. REV. BIOCHEM, vol. 76, 2007, pages 295 - 329
BIOCHEM PHARM, vol. 71, 2006, pages 991
BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 45, 2006, pages 7940 - 48
CID, vol. 42, 2006, pages 657 - 68
CLEMENTS J M ET AL: "Antimicrobial activities and characterization of novel inhibitors of LpxC", ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR MICROBIOLOGY, WASHINGTON, DC, US, vol. 46, no. 6, 1 June 2002 (2002-06-01), pages 1793 - 1799, XP002977849, ISSN: 0066-4804, DOI: DOI:10.1128/AAC.46.6.1793-1799.2002 *
EXPERT OPIN. DRUG SAF., vol. 7, no. 3, 2008
IUPAC ED - ALAN D MCNAUGHT AND ANDREW WILKINSON: "alkyl groups", 1 January 1997, COMPENDIUM OF CHEMICAL TERMINOLOGY : IUPAC RECOMMENDATIONS; [IUPAC CHEMICAL DATA SERIES], BLACKWELL SCIENCE, OXFORD [U.A.], ISBN: 978-0-86542-684-9, XP002585005 *
JOC, vol. 45, no. 8, 1980, pages 1486 - 89
JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH, vol. 12, 2007, pages 728 - 732
JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 71, no. 22, 2006, pages 8424 - 8430
QU, W., JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 50, 2007, pages 3380 - 3387
STAHL; WERMUTH: "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use", 2002, WILEY-VCH
T. HIGUCHI; W. STELLA: "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", ACS SYMPOSIUM SERIES, vol. 14
T.W. GREENE; P.G.M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, WILEY-INTERSCIENCE
TET. LETT., vol. 46, 2005, pages 7917

Cited By (68)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9617256B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2017-04-11 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US9340493B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2016-05-17 Pfizer Inc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8722686B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2014-05-13 Pfizer Inc. Hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8846933B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-09-30 Pfizer Inc. N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US9180123B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2015-11-10 Pfizer Inc. N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8664401B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2014-03-04 Pfizer Inc. N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US9018384B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2015-04-28 Pfizer Inc. N-link hydroxamic acid derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US9738604B2 (en) 2010-09-03 2017-08-22 Duke University Ethynylbenzene derivatives
US10597361B2 (en) 2010-09-03 2020-03-24 Duke University Ethynylbenzene derivatives
CN103443079B (en) * 2011-03-07 2015-06-03 辉瑞大药厂 Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
AU2012226473B2 (en) * 2011-03-07 2015-06-11 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
TWI453197B (en) * 2011-03-07 2014-09-21 Pfizer Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8779148B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2014-07-15 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
WO2012120397A1 (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
EA024782B1 (en) * 2011-03-07 2016-10-31 Пфайзер Инк. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
CN103443079A (en) * 2011-03-07 2013-12-11 辉瑞大药厂 Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8624034B2 (en) 2011-03-07 2014-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
JP2014507464A (en) * 2011-03-07 2014-03-27 ファイザー・インク Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
JP2014514299A (en) * 2011-04-08 2014-06-19 ファイザー・インク Imidazole, pyrazole and triazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8748466B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2014-06-10 Pfizer Inc. Isoxazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US8809333B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2014-08-19 Pfizer Inc. Imidazole, pyrazole, and triazole derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
US9403758B2 (en) 2012-05-10 2016-08-02 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US9701622B2 (en) 2012-05-10 2017-07-11 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
WO2013170165A1 (en) * 2012-05-10 2013-11-14 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
WO2014165075A1 (en) 2013-03-12 2014-10-09 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US9908851B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2018-03-06 Duke University 2-piperidinyl substituted N,3-dihydroxybutanamides
US10647664B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2020-05-12 Duke University Substituted hydroxamic acid compounds
US10189786B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2019-01-29 Duke University Antibacterial compounds
US10112960B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2018-10-30 Dow Agrosciences Llc Methods for producing borylated arenes
US9802901B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2017-10-31 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial 2H-indazole derivatives
WO2015036964A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial 2h-indazole derivatives
EP2860177A3 (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-06-10 Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH Synthesis of functionalized arenes
US9624206B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-04-18 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial 1H-indazole and 1H-indole derivatives
US10106544B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2018-10-23 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd 1,2-dihydro-3H-pyrrolo[1,2-C]imidazol-3-one derivatives and their use as antibacterial agents
WO2015132228A1 (en) 2014-03-04 2015-09-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 1,2-dihydro-3h-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one derivatives and their use as antibacterial agents
US9637482B2 (en) 2014-04-22 2017-05-02 Novartis Ag Isoxazoline hydroxamic acid derivatives as LpxC inhibitors
US9718792B2 (en) 2014-04-22 2017-08-01 Novartis Ag Isoxazoline hydroxamic acid derivatives as LpxC inhibitors
US9868744B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-01-16 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
WO2015162518A1 (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-10-29 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
US10077272B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-09-18 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
US9745317B2 (en) 2014-04-28 2017-08-29 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
WO2015166366A1 (en) 2014-04-28 2015-11-05 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands
WO2015173329A1 (en) * 2014-05-16 2015-11-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial quinazoline-4(3h)-one derivatives
US9796686B2 (en) 2014-05-16 2017-10-24 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial quinazoline-4(3H)-one derivatives
CN106458931A (en) * 2014-05-16 2017-02-22 埃科特莱茵药品有限公司 Antibacterial quinazoline-4(3h)-one derivatives
US10166533B2 (en) 2014-06-16 2019-01-01 Dow Agrosciences Llc Methods for producing borylated arenes
WO2016079688A1 (en) 2014-11-19 2016-05-26 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Antibacterial benzothiazole derivatives
US10029994B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2018-07-24 Novartis Ag Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as LpxC inhibitors
CN107001295B (en) * 2014-12-16 2021-02-02 诺华股份有限公司 Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as LpxC inhibitors
CN107001295A (en) * 2014-12-16 2017-08-01 诺华股份有限公司 It is used as LpxC inhibitor isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds
US9815804B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2017-11-14 Novartis Ag Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as LpxC inhibitors
WO2016097995A1 (en) 2014-12-16 2016-06-23 Novartis Ag Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as lpxc inhibitors
EA032138B1 (en) * 2014-12-16 2019-04-30 Новартис Аг ISOXAZOLE HYDROXAMIC ACID COMPOUNDS AS LpxC INHIBITORS
US9549916B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2017-01-24 Novartis Ag Isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds as LpxC inhibitors
US10441576B2 (en) 2015-08-11 2019-10-15 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3H pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3 one antibacterials
WO2017037221A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-03-09 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3h-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one antibacterial compounds
AU2016313794B2 (en) * 2015-09-03 2020-06-04 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one antibacterial compounds
CN108137596A (en) * 2015-09-03 2018-06-08 爱杜西亚药品有限公司 1,2- dihydro -3H- pyrrolo-es [1,2-c] imidazoles -3- ketone antimicrobial compounds being substituted
US10314823B2 (en) 2015-09-03 2019-06-11 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Substituted 1,2-dihydro-3H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-3-one antibacterial compounds
WO2017198647A1 (en) * 2016-05-17 2017-11-23 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd 6-(buta-1,3-diyn-1-yl)benzo[d]thiazole derivatives
WO2017216705A1 (en) 2016-06-14 2017-12-21 Novartis Ag Crystalline form of (r)-4-(5-(cyclopropylethynyl)isoxazol-3-yl)-n-hydroxy-2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)butanamide as an antibacterial agent
US10071973B2 (en) 2016-06-14 2018-09-11 Novartis Ag Crystalline isoxazole hydroxamic acid compounds
WO2017223349A1 (en) 2016-06-23 2017-12-28 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial agents
US11566003B2 (en) 2017-03-30 2023-01-31 Genentech, Inc. Isoquinolines as inhibitors of HPK1
WO2019178305A1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2019-09-19 Pfizer Inc. Pyridinone and pyrimidinone phosphates and boronates useful as antibacterial agents
RU2754177C1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2021-08-30 Пфайзер Инк. Pyridinone and pyrimidinone phosphates and boronates useful as antibacterial agents
US11612606B2 (en) 2018-10-03 2023-03-28 Genentech, Inc. 8-aminoisoquinoline compounds and uses thereof
WO2023192356A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Zoetis Services Llc Intermediates useful for the preparation of an lpxc analog, and processes for their preparation

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140343031A1 (en) 2014-11-20
EP2512474B1 (en) 2014-11-05
DK2512474T3 (en) 2014-12-01
JP2016006064A (en) 2016-01-14
US20140128363A1 (en) 2014-05-08
CA2782453C (en) 2015-11-24
US9180123B2 (en) 2015-11-10
US9018384B2 (en) 2015-04-28
US20150182513A1 (en) 2015-07-02
EP2512474A1 (en) 2012-10-24
PT2512474E (en) 2014-12-23
US8846933B2 (en) 2014-09-30
JP5793766B2 (en) 2015-10-14
ES2525820T3 (en) 2014-12-30
SI2512474T1 (en) 2014-12-31
PL2512474T3 (en) 2015-03-31
US20120258948A1 (en) 2012-10-11
JP2013514345A (en) 2013-04-25
US8664401B2 (en) 2014-03-04
CA2782453A1 (en) 2011-06-23
CA2899583A1 (en) 2011-06-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
DK2512474T3 (en) N-linked hydroxamic acid derivatives which can be used as antibacterial agents
AU2012226473B2 (en) Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
TWI404715B (en) Biaryl ether urea compounds
US7994204B2 (en) Binding inhibitor of sphingosine-1-phosphate
KR20060123739A (en) Substituted triazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2022133420A1 (en) Boron containing pyrazole compounds, compositions comprising them, methods and uses thereof
AU2015215883A1 (en) Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
OA16551A (en) Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents.
NZ614205B2 (en) Fluoro-pyridinone derivatives useful as antibacterial agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10803646

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2782453

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13515607

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012543942

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010803646

Country of ref document: EP